UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 001-36587

	CATALENT, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware		20-8737688
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
14 Schoolhouse Road		08873
Somerset,	New Jersey
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (732) 537-6200

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share	CTLT	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes ¨  No  ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨  No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).   Yes ☒     No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	ý	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨	Smaller reporting company	¨
		Emerging growth company	¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. o

1

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    o Yes    ☒ No

As of December 31, 2023, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was $8.10 billion.

As of August 22, 2024, Catalent, Inc. had 181,463,702 shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.

CATALENT, INC.

INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2024

2

Item		Page
	PART I
	Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	4
Item 1.	Business	7
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	25
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	45
Item 1C.	Cybersecurity	45
Item 2.	Properties	47
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	47
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	48
	PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	49
Item 6.	[Reserved]	51
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	52
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	71
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	72
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	129
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	129
Item 9B.	Other Information	132
Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	132
	PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	132
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	132
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	132
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	132
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	133
	PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	134
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	139
Signatures		140

3

PART I

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 (this “Annual Report”) of Catalent, Inc. (“Catalent” or the “Company”) contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this Annual Report are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “future,” “forward,” “sustain,” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words.

These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by our management in light of their experience and their perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors they believe to be appropriate. Any forward-looking statement is subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements.

Some of the factors that may cause actual results, developments, and business decisions to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report, which are summarized below:

Summary of Principal Risk Factors

Any investment, including an investment in our common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Common Stock”), involves risk. The following summary highlights certain risks that an investor in our Common Stock should consider. The following should be read in conjunction with the fuller discussion of risk factors we face set forth in “Item 1A. - Risk Factors.”

Risks Relating to Pending Merger with Novo Holdings

•We may not complete the pending merger with Novo Holdings within the timeframe anticipated, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as negatively impact our share price.

Risks Relating to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate

•Actions of activist shareholders could impact the pursuit of our business strategies and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, or share price.

•We anticipate being subject to increasing focus by our investors, regulators, customers, and other stakeholders on environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) matters.

•We are a part of the highly regulated healthcare industry, subject to stringent regulatory standards and other applicable laws and regulations, which can change unexpectedly or be the subject of unexpected changes in interpretation or enforcement, any of which may adversely impact our business.

•Any failure to implement fully, monitor, and continuously improve our quality management strategy could lead to quality or safety issues and expose us to significant costs, potential liability, and adverse publicity.

•We have experienced, and may continue to experience, productivity issues and higher-than-expected costs at certain of our facilities, which have resulted in, and may continue to result in, material and adverse impacts on our financial condition and results of operations.

•The declining demand for various COVID-19 vaccines and treatments from both patients and governments around the world has affected and may continue to affect sales of the COVID-19 products we manufacture and our financial condition.

•The demand for our offerings depends in part on our customers’ research and development and the clinical and market success of their products.

•Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components of the products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw materials, and other supplies or equipment we need to run our business.

4

•Our goodwill has been subject to impairment and may be subject to further impairment in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, or future operating results.

•Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

•We may acquire businesses and offerings that complement or expand our business or divest non-strategic businesses or assets. We may not be able to complete desired transactions, and such transactions, if executed, pose significant risks, including risks relating to our ability to successfully and efficiently integrate acquisitions or execute on dispositions and realize anticipated benefits therefrom. The failure to execute or realize the full benefits from any such transaction could have a negative effect on our operations and profitability.

•We may become subject to litigation, other proceedings, and government investigations relating to us or our operations, and the ultimate outcome of any such matter may have an impact on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

•Our global operations are subject to economic and political risks, including risks resulting from continuing inflation, disruptions to global supply chains, destabilization of a regional or national banking system, or from the Ukrainian-Russian war or the effect of the evolving nature of the recent war in Gaza between Israel and Hamas and conflict in the Middle East, which could affect the profitability of our operations or require costly changes to our procedures

•We use advanced information and communication systems to run our operations, compile and analyze financial and operational data, and communicate among our employees, customers, and counterparties, and the risks generally associated with information and communications systems could adversely affect our results of operations. We continuously work to install new, and upgrade existing, systems and provide employee awareness training around phishing, malware, and other cybersecurity risks to enhance the protections available to us, but such protections may be inadequate to address malicious attacks or inadvertent compromises affecting data security or the operability of such systems.

•Artificial intelligence-based platforms present new risks and challenges to our business.

•Our cash, cash equivalents, and financial investments could be adversely affected if the financial institutions in which we hold our cash, cash equivalents, and financial investments fail.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

•The size of our indebtedness and the obligations associated with it could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry or to deploy capital to grow our business, expose us to interest-rate risk to the extent of our variable-rate debt, or prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness. These risks may be increased in a recessionary environment, particularly as sources of capital may become less available or more expensive.

•Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries are still capable of incurring significant additional debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

•Our interest expense on our variable-rate debt may continue to increase if and to the extent that policymakers combat inflation through interest-rate increases on benchmark financial products.

•Despite the limitations in our debt agreements, we retain the ability to take certain actions that may interfere with our ability to timely pay our substantial indebtedness.

•We may not be able to pay our indebtedness when it becomes due.

•We are currently using and may in the future use derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable-rate indebtedness or changes in currency exchange rates, and any such instrument may expose us to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

•We do not presently maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures due to a material weakness we have identified in our internal control over financial reporting. Material weaknesses have in this past resulted in the revision of our financial statements. If we fail to remediate this material weakness, or if any other material weakness or significant deficiency is identified in the future or if we otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, material misstatements in our financial statements could result, and, as in the past, we could fail to timely meet our periodic reporting obligations.

5

•Our stock price has historically been and may continue to be volatile, and a holder of shares of our Common Stock may not be able to resell such shares at or above the price such stockholder paid, or at all, and could lose all or part of such investment as a result.

•Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our Common Stock, by us or our existing stockholders could cause the market price for our Common Stock to decline.

•We are no longer eligible to use the Form S-3 registration statement, which could impair our capital-raising activities.

•Provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.

We caution you that the risks, uncertainties, and other factors referenced above may not contain all of the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results, benefits, or developments that we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our business in the way expected. There can be no assurance that (i) we have correctly measured or identified all of the factors affecting our business or the extent of these factors’ likely impact, (ii) the available information with respect to these factors on which such analysis is based is complete or accurate, (iii) such analysis is correct, or (iv) our strategy, which is based in part on this analysis, will be successful. All forward-looking statements in this report apply only as of the date of this report or as of the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise, except as required by law.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports and other information with and furnish additional information to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible through, our website (catalent.com) for free via the “Investors” section as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material, or furnish it to, the SEC. We also use our website, Facebook page (facebook.com/CatalentPharmaSolutions), LinkedIn page (linkedin.com/company/catalent-pharma-solutions/) and Twitter account (@catalentpharma) as channels of distribution of information concerning our activities, our offerings, our various businesses, and other related matters. The information we post through these channels may be deemed material. Accordingly, investors should monitor these channels, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts. The information we file with or furnish to the SEC (other than the information set forth or incorporated in this Annual Report) or contained on or accessible through our website, our social media channels, or any other website that we may maintain is not a part of this Annual Report.

Catalent References and Fiscal Year

Unless the context otherwise requires, in this Annual Report, the terms “Catalent,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Catalent, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All references to years in this Annual Report, unless otherwise stated, refer to fiscal years beginning July 1 and ending June 30. All references to quarters, unless otherwise stated, refer to fiscal quarters. Fiscal years are referred to by the calendar year in which they end. For example, “fiscal 2024” refers to the fiscal year ending June 30, 2024.

Trademarks and Service Marks

We have U.S. or foreign registrations for the following marks, among others: Bettera®, Catalent®, Catalent Xpress Pharmaceutics® Clinicopia®, CosmoPod®, Easyburst®, FastChain®, FlexDirect®, Follow the Molecule®, Galacorin®, GPEx®, GPEx® Boost, GPEx® Lightning, Graphicaps®, Liqui-Gels®, Manufacturing Miracles®, Micron Technologies®, OmegaZero®, OneBio®, OneXpress Solution®, OptiDose®, OptiForm®, OptiGel®, OptiGel® Bio, OptiGel® DR, OptiMelt®, OptiShell®, PEEL-ID®, Pharmatek®, RP Scherer®, Savorgel®, Scherer®, SMARTag®, Softdrop®, Staby®, StabyExpress®, StartScore® SupplyFlex®, Vegicaps®, Zydis®, and Zydis Ultra®. This Annual Report also includes trademarks and trade names owned by other parties, and these trademarks and trade names are the property of their respective owners. We use certain other trademarks and service marks, some on an unregistered basis and some have been applied for, but remain pending examination in trademark agencies in the U.S. and abroad, including, FlexDoseSM, OptiPact™, ProteoSuiteSM, and UpTempoSM.

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names identified in this Annual Report may appear without the ®, SM, and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names.

6

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

Overview

We provide differentiated development and manufacturing solutions for drugs, protein-based biologics, cell and gene therapies, vaccines, and consumer health products at approximately fifty facilities across four continents under rigorous quality and operational standards. Our oral, injectable, and respiratory delivery technologies, along with our state-of-the-art protein, plasmid, viral, and cell and gene therapy manufacturing capacity, address a wide and growing range of modalities and therapeutic and other categories across the biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer health industries. Through our extensive capabilities, growth-enabling capacity, and deep expertise in product development, regulatory compliance, and clinical trial and commercial supply, we can help our customers take products to market faster; we have supported more than half of new drug products approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) in the last decade. Our development and manufacturing platforms, our proven formulation, supply, and regulatory expertise, and our broad and deep development and manufacturing know-how enable our customers to advance and then bring to market more products and better treatments for patients and consumers. Our commitment to reliably supply our customers’ and their patients’ needs is the foundation for the value we provide; annually, we produce nearly 70 billion unit doses for nearly 8,000 customer pharmaceutical and consumer health products, or approximately 1 in every 28 unit doses of such products taken each year by patients and consumers around the world. We believe that, through our investments in state-of-the-art facilities and capacity expansion, including investments in facilities focused on new treatment modalities and other attractive market segments, our continuous improvement activities devoted to operational and quality excellence, the sales of existing and introduction of new customer products, and, in some cases, our innovation activities and patents, we will continue to attract premium opportunities and realize the growth potential from these areas.

We continue to focus on enhancing both our product and service offerings and our sales and marketing activities in order to grow the number of active commercial manufacturing and development programs for our customers. This sustains our extensive, long-duration relationships and long-term contracts with a broad and diverse range of industry-leading customers. In fiscal 2024, we conducted business with 88 of the top 100 branded drug and consumer health marketers and 82 of the top 100 biologics marketers, measured on a global basis. Selected key customers include Bayer, Bristol-Myers Squibb, GlaxoSmithKline, Haleon, Novo Nordisk, Moderna, Pfizer, and Sarepta Therapeutics.

We have many long-standing relationships with our customers, particularly those with commercial products, as we provide support and reliable supply through each stage of a product's lifecycle. Our relationship with an innovator of a prescription pharmaceutical product will often last many years—in several cases, two decades or more—extending from pre-clinical development through more mature commercial stages of the product's life cycle. We serve customers requiring some combination of innovative product development, superior quality, state-of-the-art manufacturing, and skilled technical services to support their development and marketed product needs. Our broad and diverse range of technologies closely integrates with all aspects of our customers’ final formulations and dose forms, and this generally results in the inclusion of our facilities as manufacturing and testing sites in our customers’ prescription product regulatory filings. Both factors frequently translate to long-duration supply relationships at an individual product level.

We believe our customers value us because our depth of development solutions and state-of-the-art manufacturing technologies, continuous innovations and improvements, consistent and reliable supply, geographic reach, and substantial expertise enable us to create a broad range of business and product solutions that can be customized to fit their individual needs. Today we employ approximately 8,500 highly trained direct manufacturing associates, as well as more than 3,100 formulation, analytical development, and process scientists and technicians. Our customers can also benefit from more than 2,100 patents and patent applications in advanced delivery platforms, drug and biologics formulation, and manufacturing. The aim of our offerings is to reliably supply our customers' commercial needs and also allow them to bring more products to market faster and develop and market differentiated products that improve patient outcomes. We believe our leading market position and diversity of customers, offerings, regulatory categories, products, and geographies reduce our exposure to potential strategic and product shifts within our industries.

We provide a wide variety of proprietary and non-proprietary, differentiated technologies, products, and service offerings to our customers across our development and manufacturing platforms, which we have advanced and grown over more than 90 years through internal development, strategic alliances, in-licensing, and acquisitions. We initially introduced our softgel capsule technologies in the 1930s and have continuously expanded our range of offerings. In recent years, we have launched more than a dozen internally developed new technology platform offerings. We have also augmented our portfolio through acquisitions. Among the technologies we currently offer are softgel capsules, including both gelatin and non-gelatin formulations, our Zydis orally disintegrating tablets, gummy and soft chew oral forms, protein production using advanced mammalian cell lines, adeno-associated virus (“AAV”) and other viral vectors, induced pluripotent stem cells (“iPSCs”) and

7

other cell types, plasmid DNA (“pDNA”), and a range of other oral, injectable, and respiratory delivery technologies. The technologies and service offerings within our development solution platforms span the full drug development process, ranging from our OptiForm Solution Suite for enhancement of bioavailability and other characteristics of early-stage small molecules, Gene Product Expression (“GPEx”), GPEx Boost, and GPEx Lightning for advanced cell line development, pDNA development and manufacturing and SMARTag platforms for development of biologics and antibody-drug conjugates (“ADCs”), to formulation, analytical, and bioanalytical services, early-stage clinical development, drug-device combination development and supply, fill and finish operations for injectable products, and clinical trials supply, including our unique FlexDirect direct-to-patient and FastChain demand-led clinical supply solutions. Our offerings serve a critical need in the development and manufacture of products across a broad range of product types. We focus on serving as an accelerator for new therapeutic modalities and formulation, delivery, and manufacturing technologies. Our expertise enables us to bring advanced products to market at scale, faster.

In large part due to acquisitions and investments, and their subsequent organic growth, the revenue contribution from our Biologics segment has grown from approximately 17% in fiscal 2016 to 45% in fiscal 2024. We believe our own internal innovation and investments, supplemented by current and future customer and other external partnerships and acquisitions, will continue to extend our leadership positions in the development, reliable supply, and delivery of drugs, protein-based biologics, cell and gene therapies, and consumer health products.

Pending Merger with Novo Holdings

On February 5, 2024, the Company entered into the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), with Creek Parent, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Novo Holdings A/S (“Novo Holdings”), and Creek Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Parent will acquire all the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. On May 29, 2024, the Company held a special meeting of its stockholders at which the Company's stockholders approved, among other things, the Merger Agreement. The Merger is expected to close towards the end of calendar year 2024, subject to customary closing conditions, including receipt of required regulatory approvals. For more information, see Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 (our “Consolidated Financial Statements”).

History

We trace our history to the 1933 founding of the R.P. Scherer Corporation, which developed the first rotary die machine for the manufacture of soft gelatin capsules, and we assumed our current form in April 2007. We regularly review our portfolio of offerings and operations in the context of our strategic growth plan, and, where appropriate, have added to or divested from our portfolio of offering and sites, which has led to significant growth of the overall business. In July 2014, we completed the initial public offering of our Common Stock, which is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “CTLT.”

We are a holding company that indirectly owns Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Operating Company”), which owns, directly or indirectly, all of our operating assets.

Our Competitive Strengths

Available, State-of-the-art Manufacturing Capacity in Attractive Market Segments

We have invested several billion dollars over the last few years to broaden our portfolio of offerings and expand our capacity with state-of-the-art manufacturing and development capabilities that focus on anticipating and meeting the needs of the evolving biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer health industries. In addition, we have hired and trained thousands of new direct manufacturing associates in our quality-focused culture of operational excellence. The capacity and capabilities we have built and purchased, along with our continuing efforts to assure operational and quality excellence, have and will continue to enable us to secure attractive new business opportunities in the expanding market for outsourced product development and supply.

Vibrant, Patient First-Driven Culture

From the manufacturing line to the executive suite, for all our critical decisions, we ask the question, “What would the impact be to the patient?”, and our culture is built on our cornerstone value of Patient First. We believe this mindset, which aligns closely with our customers’ values, enables a pervasive focus on patient safety, impact, and outcomes, and an

8

uncompromising approach to product quality and compliance, by reminding us of those who depend upon our vigilance concerning the safety, quality, reliability, and sustainability of our product supply. Along with other key cultural strengths, including our commitments to diversity and inclusion and to science-based environmental sustainability, we believe our culture brings us both a unique reputation and an operating capability that is difficult to replicate.

Diversified Operating Platform

We are diversified by virtue of our broad range of product and service offerings, our geographic scope, our breadth of customer relationships, the extensive range of products we produce, and our ability to provide solutions at every stage of a product’s lifecycle. In fiscal 2024, we produced nearly 8,000 distinct products across multiple categories. Our fiscal 2024 net revenue was distributed by relevant product regulatory/marketing status as follows: biologics 49%, branded drugs 35%, over-the-counter drugs 7%, and consumer health and other 9% combined. In fiscal 2024, our top 20 products represented 36% of our total net revenue, with one customer accounting for approximately 17% of net revenue whose largest individual product accounted for approximately 15% of our net revenue. We serve approximately 1,200 customers in more than 80 countries, with 36% of our fiscal 2024 net revenue coming from outside the U.S. This diversity, combined with long product lifecycles and close customer relationships, has contributed to the long-term stability of our business. It has also allowed us to reduce our exposure to the risks associated with potential strategic, customer, and product shifts as well as to payer-driven pricing pressures experienced by our drug and biologic customers.

Longstanding, Extensive Relationships with a Diverse Customer Portfolio

We have longstanding, extensive relationships with leading pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health customers. In fiscal 2024, we did business with 88 of the top 100 branded drug and consumer health marketers and 82 of the top 100 biologics marketers, measured on a global basis, as well as with approximately 1,200 other customers, including emerging and specialty biotech and pharmaceutical companies, which are often more reliant on outside partners as a result of their more virtual business models. Regardless of size, our customers seek innovative product development, superior quality, advanced manufacturing, and skilled technical services to support their development and marketed product needs.

We believe our customers value us because our broad range of product and service offerings, recently expanded capacity in state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities, including facilities offering new treatment modalities, reliable supply, geographic reach, commitment to operational and quality excellence, and substantial expertise that enable us to create a broad range of tailored solutions.

Deep, Broad, and Growing Advanced Technology Foundation

Our breadth of offerings employing advanced technologies and state-of-the-art manufacturing systems and long track record of innovation substantially differentiate us from other industry participants. Our leading softgel platforms, including Liqui-Gels, OptiShell, OptiGel DR, and Vegicaps capsules, our gummy and soft chew oral forms, and our modified release technologies, including the Zydis family of orally disintegrating tablets, our spray drying capabilities, and our OptiPact and OptiMelt technologies, provide formulation expertise to solve complex delivery challenges for our customers. We offer advanced technologies for delivery of small molecules and biologics via oral, respiratory, and injectable routes and also provide advanced biologics formulation options, including GPEx, GPEx Boost, and GPEx Lightning mammalian cell lines for protein production, SMARTag ADC technology, AAV vectors for cell and gene therapies, iPSC development and manufacturing, and pDNA development and manufacturing. We have a leadership position within respiratory delivery, including dry powder inhalers and intra-nasal forms. We have reinforced our leadership position in advanced technologies over the last few years, as we have launched more than a dozen new technology platforms and applications, and expanded our businesses developing and manufacturing consumer health products, protein-based biologics, fill and finish for injectable drugs and biologics, cell and gene therapies, and other new therapeutic modalities. Our culture of creativity, problem-solving, and innovation is grounded in our advanced technologies, the substantial expertise and experience of our scientists and engineers, and, in some cases, our patents and proprietary manufacturing processes. Our global product development and innovation teams drive a focused application of resources to opportunities for both new customer product introductions and platform technology development. As of June 30, 2024, we had approximately 1,500 product development programs active across our businesses.

Long-Duration Relationships Provide Sustainability

Our broad and diverse range of technologies closely integrates with our customers’ molecules to yield safe and effective final formulations and dose forms, and this generally results in the inclusion of Catalent in our customers’ prescription product regulatory filings. Both factors translate to long-duration supply relationships at an individual product level, to which we apply our expertise in contracting to produce long-duration commercial supply agreements. These agreements typically have initial terms of two to seven years with regular renewals of one to three years (see “—Contractual Arrangements” for more detail).

9

Approximately three-quarters of our fiscal 2024 net revenue from our product development and delivery offerings and related services were covered by such long-term contractual arrangements. We believe this base provides us with a sustainable competitive advantage.

Significant Recent Growth Investments

We have made over time, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in our manufacturing network, which is capable of serving customers and patients worldwide, and today employ approximately 8 million square feet of manufacturing, laboratory, and related space across four continents. We have deployed approximately $2.7 billion in the last five fiscal years in gross capital expenditures, not including approximately $1.9 billion spent acquiring new facilities and businesses. Growth-related investments in facilities, capacity, and capabilities across our businesses have positioned us for future growth in areas aligned with anticipated future demand, including in pDNA, cell and gene therapies, fill and finish for injectable drugs and biologics, and other new therapeutic modalities. Through our continuing commitment to operational, quality, and regulatory excellence, we drive continuous improvements in safety, productivity, sustainability and reliable supply, which we believe further differentiates us. Our manufacturing network and capabilities allow us the flexibility to reliably supply the changing needs of our customers while consistently meeting their quality, delivery, sustainability, and regulatory compliance expectations.

High Standards of Regulatory Compliance and Operational and Quality Excellence

We operate our plants in accordance with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMP”) or other applicable requirements, following our own high standards that are consistent with those of many of our large global pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. We have approximately 1,600 employees around the globe focused on quality and regulatory compliance. All of our facilities are registered where required with the FDA or other applicable regulatory agencies, such as the European Medicines Agency (the “EMA”). In many cases, our facilities are registered with multiple food, drug, or biologics regulatory agencies around the world. In fiscal 2024, we were subject to 69 regulatory audits, and, over the last five fiscal years, we successfully completed more than 280 regulatory audits. We also undergo almost 700 customer and internal audits annually. We believe our quality and regulatory track record to be a favorable competitive differentiator.

Strong and Experienced Management Team

Our executive leadership team collectively has almost 500 years of combined and diverse experience within the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries. With an average of approximately 29 years of functional experience, this team possesses deep knowledge and a wide network of industry relationships.

Our Strategy

Our strategic ambition, guided by and operationalized through our values, is to power the innovation and growth of the life science industry by becoming its leading development and commercial partner in reliable supply, conventional and advanced technologies, first-to-scale innovation, and therapeutic modalities, and integrated solutions. To achieve this, we continue to pursue the following key growth initiatives:

Capabilities & Capacity — Continued Expansion in Biologics and Other Attractive Markets

Recognizing the strategic importance of protein-based biologics, cell and gene therapies, pDNA, and other new biopharmaceutical modalities, we began to build a differentiated biologics platform in 2002. Since fiscal 2020, we have invested over $3.6 billion in our biologics business, including capital investments and approximately $1.8 billion for acquisitions of biologics-focused businesses and sites. Today, we are a recognized leader in biologics, including AAV vectors for gene therapies; development and supply for cell therapies; advanced cell-line development; formulation and fill-finish into vials, pre-filled syringes, and cartridges; specialized manufacturing of biologic drug substances; and bioanalytical analysis. We have partnered with customers from around the world to develop advanced cell expression for more than 1,200 cell lines, many using our advanced GPEx, GPEx Boost, and GPEx Lightning technologies, and have actively collaborated on developing and scaling up more than 110 cell and gene therapies. In the recent fiscal years, we expanded our existing cell therapy development and manufacturing capabilities, began offering pDNA production services, and acquired several facilities including a commercial-scale cell therapy manufacturing facility in Princeton, New Jersey (“Princeton”) and a developer and manufacturer of iPSCs located near Dusseldorf, Germany. We have also invested in a second-generation ADC technology, SMARTag, and see continued progress in this technology’s capabilities and our customers’ SMARTag product-development activities.

In addition to our expansion in biologics, we have invested additional capital in our facilities in order to expand in attractive markets, including significant expansion of our oral solid controlled release production capacity in Winchester,

10

Kentucky, and the addition of specialized capabilities and capacity in early development. We acquired a leading position in consumer-preferred gummy and soft-chew formats for consumer health products with our acquisition of Bettera Holdings, LLC (“Bettera Wellness”) in fiscal 2022.

Use Our Proprietary Technologies and Substantial Expertise to Help Our Customers Develop New Products

We have broad and diverse technology platforms that are supported by deep scientific and technical expertise, extensive know-how, and more than 2,100 patents and patent applications in approximately 200 families across advanced delivery platforms, drug and biologics formulation, and manufacturing. For example, we have significant softgel fill and formulation know-how, databases of formulated products, and substantial softgel regulatory approval expertise. As a result, approximately 90% of approvals by the FDA over the last 25 years of new chemical entities presented in a softgel format have been developed and supplied by us.

In addition to resolving delivery challenges for our customers’ products, we have applied our technology platforms and development expertise to proactively develop proof-of-concept products, whether improved versions of existing drugs, new generic formulations, or innovative consumer health products. In the consumer health area, we file product dossiers with regulators in relevant jurisdictions for self-created products, which help contribute sustainable growth to our consumer health business. We expect to continue to seek proactive development opportunities and other non-traditional relationships to increase demand for and value realized from our technology platforms. These activities have provided us with opportunities to capture an increased share of end-market value through out-licensing, profit-sharing, and other arrangements.

Operational Leverage — Deploy Existing Infrastructure and Operational Discipline to Drive Profitable Growth

Through our existing infrastructure, including our global network of operating locations and programs, we promote operational discipline and drive margin expansion. With our active focus on continuous improvement and sustainability enhancement, global procurement function, and conversion cost productivity metrics in place, we continuously seek to enhance our culture of functional excellence and cost accountability. Along with the ongoing increase in the share of revenues from higher margin biologics offerings, we expect this discipline to further leverage our operational network for profitable growth.

Strategic Acquisitions and Licensing — Build on our Existing Platform

We operate in the markets for outsourced development solutions and commercial supply, generally provided by contract development and manufacturing organizations (“CDMO”), where we estimate current outsourced industry spending at more than $90 billion globally for the offerings we provide. Our broad platform, global infrastructure, and diversified customer portfolio provide us with a strong foundation from which to consolidate within these markets, to enter new markets, and generate operating leverage through acquisitions. Since fiscal 2013, we have executed 22 transactions, investing approximately $4.9 billion, and have demonstrated an ability to efficiently and effectively integrate these acquisitions.

While we are rigorously focused on driving our organic growth, we have in recent years also substantially increased our participation in biologics, including protein-based biologics, cell and gene therapies, pDNA development and production, and drug product fill and finish, via strategy-driven inorganic transactions. We intend to identify and execute strategic transactions to optimize our portfolio of offerings and businesses, within the context of our long-term capital allocation strategy. We have a dedicated corporate development team in place to pursue these transactions, and apply a rigorous and financially disciplined process for evaluating and executing these transactions.

“Follow the Molecule”® by Providing Solutions to our Customers across all Phases of the Product Lifecycle

We intend to continue to use our development and manufacturing solutions across the entire lifecycle of our customers’ products to drive future growth. Our development solutions span the drug development process, starting with our platforms for early pre-clinical development of small molecules, protein-based biologics, and cell and gene therapies; through formulation and analytical services, development and manufacturing of clinical trial supplies, and fill and finish of injectable products; to regulatory consulting. Once a molecule is ready for clinical trials and subsequent commercialization, we provide our customers with a range of advanced technologies and expert, state-of-the-art manufacturing solutions that allow them to deliver their molecules to the end-users in safe, effective, and, in some cases, patient-preferred dosage forms, to produce biologic drug substances needed for protein-based biologics and cell and gene therapies, and to provide primary and secondary packaging solutions and cold-storage distribution services. Our relationship with a molecule typically starts with developing and manufacturing the innovator product and can extend throughout the molecule’s commercial life. For prescription products, we are often the sole or primary outsourced provider and are frequently reflected in customers’ product approval applications. Our revenue from our development and manufacturing activities are primarily driven by volumes, and, as a result, the loss of an innovator drug’s market exclusivity may be mitigated if we supply customers offering generic or biosimilar equivalents.

11

An example of the long and mutually productive relationships we foster can be found in a leading over-the-counter anti-allergy brand, which today uses both our proprietary Zydis orally disintegrating tablets and Liqui-Gels softgel technology. We originally began development of the prescription format of this product for our multinational pharmaceutical company partner in 1992 to address specific patient sub-segment needs. After four years of development, we then commercially supplied the prescription product in our Zydis format for six years, and we have continued to provide the Zydis form since the switch to over-the-counter status in the U.S. and other markets in the early 2000s. Subsequently, we proactively brought a softgel product concept for the brand to the customer, which the customer elected to develop and launch as well. By following this molecule, we have built a strong, three decade-long relationship across multiple formats and markets.

Customer Product Pipeline — Continuing to Grow Through New Projects and Product Launches

We intend to continue to supplement our existing diverse base of commercialized customer products with new development programs. As of June 30, 2024, our product development teams were working on approximately 1,500 customer development programs active across our business. Our base of active development programs has expanded in recent years from growing market demand, as well as from our expanded capabilities and technology platforms. Although there are many complex factors that affect the development and commercialization of pharmaceutical, protein-based biologic, cell and gene therapy, and consumer health products, we expect that a portion of these programs will reach full development and market approval in the future and thereby add to our long-duration commercial revenues under long-term contracts and grow our existing product base. In fiscal 2024, we introduced 151 new products for our customers.

Catalent continues to be a leader in providing chemistry, manufacturing, and controls-based product development services to the global pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health industries, driven by thousands of projects annually. In fiscal 2024, we recognized $1.23 billion of net revenue related to the development of products, down 37% from the prior year, principally driven by the substantial decrease in net revenue from the COVID-19 related products. In addition, substantially all of the revenue associated with the clinical supply services business relates to our support of customer products in development.

Our Reportable Segments

At the beginning of fiscal 2023, in connection with the appointment of a new President and Chief Executive Officer, who also serves as the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker, the Company changed its operating structure and reorganized its executive leadership team. This new organizational structure includes operating and reporting in two segments: (i) Biologics and (ii) Pharma and Consumer Health.

Biologics

Our Biologics segment provides formulation, development, and manufacturing for biologic proteins, cell, gene, and other nucleic acid therapies; pDNA, iPSCs, oncolytic viruses, and vaccines; formulation, development, and manufacturing for parenteral dose forms, including vials, prefilled syringes, and cartridges; and analytical development and testing services for large molecules. The business has extensive expertise in development, scale up, and commercial manufacturing. Representative customers of our Biologics segment include Halozyme, Moderna, Novo Nordisk, Regeneron, and Sarepta Therapeutics, along with a broad range of innovative small and mid-tier biopharmaceutical customers.

Our biologics offering includes cell-line development based on our advanced, patented GPEx suite of technologies, which are used to develop stable, high-yielding mammalian cell lines for both innovator and biosimilar biologic compounds. GPEx technology can provide rapid cell-line development, high biologics production yields, flexibility, and versatility. Our development and manufacturing facility in Madison, Wisconsin has the capability and capacity to produce cGMP quality biologics drug substance from 250L to 4000L scale using single-use technology across five suites to provide maximum efficiency, redundancy, and flexibility. Additionally, our Madison, Wisconsin facility features two flexible cGMP suites that are used to manufacture mRNA or other small-scale biomolecules. Our Bloomington, Indiana facility brings additional biologics development, clinical, and commercial drug substance manufacturing, and formulation development capabilities and capacity. Both Bloomington and our Anagni, Italy facility provide substantial capacity for finished-dose drug product manufacturing and packaging. Our SMARTag next-generation ADC technology is a clinical-stage technology that enables development of ADCs and other protein conjugates with improved efficacy, safety, and manufacturability.

At our gene therapy, cell therapy, and pDNA global centers of excellence in Maryland, Belgium, and New Jersey, we develop and manufacture advanced therapeutics, including AAV, lentivirus, oncolytic virus, CAR-T, and other cell or virus modalities together with critical pDNA biological starting material for cell, mRNA, viral-based therapies and next-generation vaccines. In fiscal 2022, we acquired a fully operational, commercial-scale cell therapy campus in Princeton with 16 suites available for both autologous and allogeneic clinical and commercial manufacturing. The Princeton campus works in conjunction with our Gosselies, Belgium cell therapy center of excellence and our iPSC manufacturing center of excellence in

12

Dusseldorf, Germany, to support our customers’ global cell therapy needs. Additionally, we have expanded our gene therapy flagship manufacturing campus in Harmans, Maryland, creating a total of 18 penthouse-style viral-vector suites, and added our UpTempo AAV platform that reduces AAV development time by half, enabling our customers to reach first-in-human studies faster. Our specialized expertise in AAV vectors, the most commonly used delivery system for gene therapies, and iPSCs for next-generation allogeneic cell therapy manufacturing, together with our substantial global cell therapy manufacturing, capacity for clinical- through commercial-scale batches, and our capabilities in mRNA and pDNA manufacturing, position us to capitalize on strong industry demand and expansions in the use of newer modalities in the cell and gene therapy market.

Our range of injectable manufacturing offerings includes manufacturing drug substances and filling small molecules or biologics into vials, syringes, and cartridges, with flexibility to accommodate other formats within our existing network. In addition to primary packaging, our network provides secondary packaging capabilities, including auto-injector and safety device assembly for commercial launch and life-cycle management. Our clinical supply services business provides a global network for clinical distribution, as well as labeling, packaging, and cold-chain storage for clinical trials and commercial supply of biotherapeutics and cell and gene therapies. Our fill and finish services are largely focused on complex pharmaceuticals and biologics. With our range of technologies, we are able to meet a wide range of specifications, timelines, and budgets. We believe that the complexity of the manufacturing process, the importance of experience and know-how, a proven history of regulatory compliance, and substantial state-of-the-art capacity provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage in the market.

We also offer analytical development and testing services for proteins, gene and cell therapies, and other biologic modalities, including bioassay, biophysical characterization, and cGMP release and stability testing. Our OneBio Integrated Suite provides customers with the potential to seamlessly integrate drug substance, drug product, and clinical supply management for products in development, and for integrated commercial supply across both drug substance and drug product. We provide a broad range of technologies and services supporting the development and launch of new biologic entities, biosimilars, biobetters, and cell and gene therapies to bring a product from gene to commercialization, faster.

Our Biologics segment represented 45%, 46%, and 53% of our aggregate net revenue before inter-segment eliminations for fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Pharma and Consumer Health

Through our Pharma and Consumer Health segment, we provide market-leading capabilities for oral solid doses forms, softgels, Zydis fast-dissolve technologies, and gummy, soft chew, and lozenge dosage forms; formulation, development, and manufacturing platforms for oral, nasal, inhaled, and topical dose forms; and clinical trial development and supply services.

Representative customers of our Pharma and Consumer Health segment include Bayer, Bristol-Myers Squibb, GlaxoSmithKline, Haleon, Pfizer, and Procter & Gamble.

Our Pharma and Consumer Health segment represented 55%, 54%, and 47% of our aggregate net revenue before inter-segment eliminations for fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Formulation and development

Through our comprehensive pharmaceutical formulation and development platform, we provide pre-clinical screening, formulation, and analytical development, and cGMP manufacturing at both clinical and commercial scale for our market-leading softgel capsule and Zydis fast-dissolve tablet platforms, traditional and advanced complex oral solid-dose formats, dry powder inhalers, and nasal delivery devices. We have substantial, proven experience in developing and scaling up orphan and rare disease products, especially those requiring accelerated development timelines, solubility enhancement, specialized handling (e.g., potent or controlled substance materials), complex technology transfer, and specialized manufacturing processes. We provide fluid bed coating, spray drying, hot melt extrusion, micronization, and lipid formulation capabilities, all of which can be used to enhance a drug’s function and release profile and enable its clinical performance. We offer comprehensive analytical method development and scientific capabilities, including stability testing and global regulatory services to support both fully integrated development programs or standalone fee-for-service work. We have a network of early development sites focused on earlier phase compounds (i.e., pre-clinical and Phase I) to engage with more customer molecules earlier in their development, with the intent to also support these molecules downstream as they progress towards commercial approval and supply. Demand for our offerings is driven by the need for scientific expertise, the depth and breadth of integrated services offered, as well as the reliability of our supply performance across quality and operational parameters.

Manufacturing

13

Our large-scale cGMP pharmaceutical manufacturing solutions typically include clinical trial supplies, registration batches, and commercial production across a broad range of formats, and may also involve finished dose packaging or advanced processing of intermediates to achieve the desired clinical performance of the prescription or over-the-counter pharmaceutical product. Finished dose forms include softgel capsules, our Zydis fast-dissolve tablets, and traditional and advanced oral solid-dose forms, including coated and uncoated tablets, pellet/bead/powder-filled two-piece hard capsules, granulated powders, and other immediate and modified release forms. Advanced intermediate processing may include coating, extrusion, or spheronization to achieve specific functional outcomes, including site- or time-specific drug release, taste masking, or enhanced bioavailability. We have deep experience at managing complex technical transfers of clinical or commercial programs, whether from Catalent’s early development network, other contract development sites, or from customers directly.

Softgel technology platform

We provide formulation, development, and manufacturing services for soft capsules, or “softgels,” as well as large-scale manufacturing of oral solid dose forms for pharmaceutical and consumer health markets, along with supporting ancillary services. Our softgel manufacturing technology was first commercialized by our predecessor in the 1930s, and we have continually enhanced the platform since then. We are the market leader in overall softgel development and manufacturing and hold the leading market position in innovator drug softgels. Our principal softgel technologies include traditional softgel capsules, in which the shell is made of animal-derived gelatin, and Vegicaps and OptiShell capsules, in which the shell is made from plant-derived materials. Softgel capsules are used in a broad range of customer products, including prescription drugs, over-the-counter medications, dietary supplements, unit-dose cosmetics, and animal health medicinal preparations. Softgel capsules encapsulate liquid, paste, or oil-based formulations of active compounds in solution or suspension within an outer shell. In the manufacturing process, the capsules are formed, filled, and sealed simultaneously. We typically perform encapsulation for a product within one of our softgel facilities, with active ingredients provided by customers or sourced directly by us. Softgels have historically been used to solve formulation challenges or technical issues for a specific drug, to help improve the clinical performance of compounds, to provide important market differentiation, particularly for over-the-counter medications, and to provide safe handling of hormonal, highly potent, and cytotoxic drugs. We also participate in the softgel vitamin, mineral, and supplement business in selected regions around the world. Our plant-derived softgel shells, available as Vegicaps and OptiShell capsules, allow innovators and consumer health customers to extend the softgel dose form to a broader range of active ingredients and serve patient and consumer populations that were previously inaccessible due to religious, dietary, or cultural preferences. Our Vegicaps and OptiShell capsules are protected by patents in most major global markets. Physician and patient studies we have conducted have demonstrated a preference for softgels versus traditional tablet and hard capsule dose forms in terms of ease of swallowing, real or perceived speed of delivery, ability to remove or eliminate unpleasant odor or taste, and, for physicians, perceived improved patient adherence with dosing regimens.

In addition to softgel capsules, following our fiscal 2022 acquisition of Bettera Wellness, we also conduct formulation, development, and manufacturing of gummies, soft chews, and lozenges in a variety of sizes and shapes serving the dietary supplements market at two facilities in the United States. We use dietary and food ingredients provided by our customers or sourced directly by us, and we also provide ancillary services such as analytical testing and packaging.

Clinical Supply Services

Our Pharma and Consumer Health segment also provides clinical supply services through manufacturing, packaging, storage, distribution, and inventory management for small-molecule drugs, protein-based biologics, cell and gene therapies, and other compounds in clinical trials. We offer customers flexible solutions for clinical supplies production and provide distribution and inventory management support for both simple and complex clinical trials. This includes over-encapsulation where needed; supplying placebos, comparator drug procurement, and clinical packages and kits for physicians and patients; inventory management; investigator kit ordering and fulfillment; cold-chain storage and distribution; and return supply reconciliation and reporting. We support trials in all regions of the world through our facilities and distribution network. In recent years, we have extended our network, with significant expansions at our Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and Shanghai, China free trade zone locations, facilities in California, China, and Japan, and a significant clinical storage capacity expansion in Schorndorf, Germany. We also continue to develop new solutions for the evolving clinical trial environment, including FlexDirect direct-to-patient, CT Success clinical supply planning, and extensive cold-chain investments. We are one of the leading providers of clinical trial supplies.

We have partnered with companies who focus on the development of cannabis-based prescription medicines and high-value cannabinoid drug therapies whose goal is to achieve full regulatory approval under the strictest legal standards in effect in any jurisdiction affected, including cannabidiol and tetrahydrocannabinol pharmaceutical products using our Zydis technology in clinical trials across a range of indications, including multiple sclerosis spasticity, chemotherapy-induced nausea and

14

vomiting, chronic pain for cancer, and epilepsy. Our total net revenue related to such development programs was less than 1% of total revenue generated in fiscal 2024. We do not provide any services for or otherwise partner with any company that does not comply with all applicable laws, including the U.S. federal controlled substances laws (or non-U.S. equivalent laws), relating to cannabis products.

Integrated Development and Product Supply Chain Solutions

In addition to our proprietary offerings, we bring together our development solutions and state-of-the-art product manufacturing to offer integrated development and product supply solutions to enable our customers to take their drugs, biologics, and consumer health products from laboratory to market, faster. Once a product is on the market, we can provide comprehensive, integrated product supply, from the sourcing or supply of the bulk active ingredient to comprehensive manufacturing and packaging, to the testing required for release, and to cold-chain or ambient temperature distribution. The customer- and product-specific solutions we develop are flexible, scalable, and creative, so that they meet the unique needs of both large and emerging biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer health companies and are appropriate for products of all sizes. We believe that our development and product supply solutions, such as our OneBio Integrated Suite, will continue to contribute to our future growth.

Sales and Marketing

Our target customers include large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, mid-size, emerging, and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and consumer health companies, along with companies in other selected healthcare market segments such as animal health and medical devices, and companies in adjacent industries, such as cosmetics. We have longstanding, extensive relationships with leading pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health customers. In fiscal 2024, we did business with 88 of the top 100 branded drug and consumer health marketers and 82 of the top 100 biologics marketers, measured on a global basis, as well as with approximately 1,100 other customers. Faced with access, pricing, and reimbursement pressures as well as other market challenges, large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have increasingly sought partners to enhance the clinical competitiveness of their drugs and biologics and improve the productivity of their research and development activities, while reducing their fixed cost bases. Many mid-size, emerging, and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, while facing the same pricing and market pressures, have chosen not to build a full infrastructure, but rather to partner with other companies through licensing agreements or outsourcing to access the critical skills, technologies, and services required to bring their products to market. Consumer health companies require rapidly developed, innovative dose forms and formulations to keep up with the fast-paced over-the-counter medication, dietary supplement, and personal care markets. These market segments are all important to our growth, but require distinct solutions, marketing and sales approaches, and market strategy.

We follow a hybrid demand-generation organization model, with strategic account teams offering the full breadth of Catalent’s solutions, and technical specialist teams providing the in-depth technical knowledge and practical experience essential for each individual offering, both supported by a dedicated team of deeply experienced scientific advisors. Our sales organization currently consists of more than 200 full-time, experienced sales professionals, supported by inside sales and sales operations. We also have built a dedicated strategic marketing team, providing strategic market and product planning and management for our offerings. As part of our marketing efforts, we participate in major trade shows relevant to our offerings globally and ensure adequate visibility to our offerings and solutions through a comprehensive advertising and publicity program. We believe that Catalent is a strong brand with high overall awareness in our established markets and universe of target customers, and that our brand identity is a competitive advantage for us.

Global Accounts

We manage select accounts globally due to their substantial current business or growth potential. We recorded approximately 38% of our total net revenue in fiscal 2024 from these global accounts. Each global account is assigned a lead business development professional with substantial industry experience. These account leaders, along with other members of the sales and executive leadership teams, are responsible for managing and extending the overall account relationship. Account leaders work closely with the rest of the sales organization as well as operational, quality, and project management personnel to ensure alignment around critical priorities for the accounts.

Emerging, Specialty, and Virtual Accounts

Emerging, specialty, and virtual pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies account for more than three-quarters of the active drug and biologic development pipeline. Historically, many of these companies have chosen not to build a full infrastructure, but rather partner with other companies to formulate, develop, analyze, test, and manufacture their products. We expect them to continue to do so in the future, providing a critical source for future integrated solutions demand. We expect to

15

continue to increase our penetration of geographic clusters of emerging companies in North America, Europe, Central and South America, and Asia. We regularly use active pipeline and product screening and customer targeting to identify the optimal candidates for partnering based on product profiles, funding status, and relationships, to ensure that our technical sales specialists and field sales representatives develop custom solutions designed to address the specific needs of these customers. In order to reach these emerging, specialty, and virtual companies, we actively partner with leading venture capital investors and biotech incubators.

Seasonality; Fluctuations in Operation Results

Our annual financial reporting period ends on June 30. As discussed further in “Item 7. - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Factors Affecting our Performance,” our revenue and net earnings are generally higher in the third and fourth quarters of each fiscal year, with our first fiscal quarter typically generating our lowest revenue of any quarter, and our last fiscal quarter typically generating our highest revenue. These fluctuations are primarily the result of the timing of our, and our customers’ annual operational maintenance periods at locations in the U.S. and Europe, the seasonality associated with pharmaceutical and biotechnology budgetary spending decisions, clinical trial and research and development schedules, the timing of new product launches and length of time needed to obtain full market penetration, and, to a lesser extent, the time of the year some of our customers’ products are in higher demand, or are being produced to support future seasonal demand.

Contractual Arrangements

We generally enter into a broad range of contractual arrangements with our customers, including agreements with respect to feasibility, development, supply, licenses, quality, and confidentiality. The terms of these contracts vary significantly depending on the offering and customer requirements. Some of our agreements may include a variety of revenue arrangements, such as fee-for-service, unit pricing in one or more tiers, minimum volume commitments, royalties, manufacturing preparation services, profit-sharing, and fixed fees. We generally secure pricing and other contract mechanisms in our supply agreements to allow for periodic resetting of pricing terms, and, in some cases, these agreements permit us to raise or renegotiate pricing in the event of certain price increases for the raw materials or other inputs we use to make products. Our typical supply agreements include indemnification from our customers for product liability and intellectual property matters and caps on our contractual liabilities, subject in each case to negotiated exclusions. The terms of our manufacturing supply agreements range from two to seven years with regular renewals of one to three years, although some of our agreements are terminable upon much shorter notice periods, such as 30 or 45 days. For our development solutions offerings, we may enter into master service agreements, which provide for standardized terms and conditions and make it easier and faster for customers with multiple development needs to access our offerings.

Backlog

While we generally have long-term supply agreements that provide for a revenue stream over a period of years, our backlog represents, as of a point in time, future service revenues from work not yet completed. For our Biologics segment and a majority of our Pharma and Consumer Health segment, backlog represents firm orders for manufacturing services and includes minimum volumes, where applicable. Manufacturing businesses backlog represents firm orders for manufacturing services and includes minimum volumes, where applicable. For the clinical supply services offered through our Pharma and Consumer Health segment, backlog represents estimated future service revenue from work not yet completed under signed contracts. Using these methods of reporting backlog, as of June 30, 2024, our backlog was $2.34 billion, compared to $2.53 billion as of June 30, 2023, including $731 million and $557 million, respectively, related to our scientific and clinical services offerings in our Pharma and Consumer Health segment. We expect to recognize as revenue by the end of fiscal 2025 approximately 78% of the value of the backlog in existence as of June 30, 2024.

To the extent projects are delayed, the timing of our revenue could be affected. If a customer cancels an order, we may be reimbursed for the costs we have incurred. For orders that are placed inside a contractual firm period or that involve minimum volume commitments, we generally have a contractual right to payment in the event of cancellation. Fluctuations in our reported backlog levels also result from the timing and order pattern of our customers, which often seek to manage their level of inventory on hand. Because of customer ordering patterns, the matters discussed in this paragraph, and other factors, our backlog reported for certain periods may fluctuate and may not be indicative of future results.

Manufacturing Capabilities

We operate manufacturing facilities, development centers, and sales offices throughout the world. As of June 30, 2024, we had approximately 50 facilities (3 geographical locations operate as multiple facilities because they support more than one reporting segment, with one location including both a manufacturing facility and our corporate headquarters) on four continents

16

with approximately 8 million square feet of manufacturing, laboratory, office, and related space. Our manufacturing capabilities generally include the full suite of competencies relevant to the support of each site’s activities, including regulatory, quality assurance, and in-house validation.

We operate our manufacturing facilities and development centers in accordance with cGMP or other applicable requirements. All of these sites are registered where required with the FDA or other applicable regulatory agencies, such as the EMA. In some cases, our sites are registered with multiple regulatory agencies.

We have invested $1.56 billion in our manufacturing and development facilities since fiscal 2022 for improvements and expansions, including $327 million in capital expenditures during fiscal 2024. We believe that our sites and equipment are in good condition, are well maintained, and are able to operate at or above present levels for the foreseeable future, in all material respects.

Our manufacturing operations are focused on employee health and safety, regulatory compliance, operational excellence, continuous improvement, and process standardization across the organization. In fiscal 2024, we achieved approximately 96% on-time shipment delivery versus customer request date across our network as a result of this focus. Our manufacturing operations are structured around an enterprise management philosophy and methodology that utilizes principles and tools common to a number of operational and quality management programs, including Lean Six Sigma and Lean Manufacturing, which we brought together in a system that we refer to as “The Catalent Way.”

Raw Materials

We use a broad and diverse range of raw materials and other supplies in the design, development, and manufacture of our products. This includes, but is not limited to, key materials such as gelatin, starch, and iota carrageenan; packaging films; single-use production components for drug substance production, and glass vials and syringes for drug product. The raw materials and other supplies that we use are sourced externally on a global basis. Globally, our supplier relationships could be interrupted due to natural disasters and international supply disruptions, including those caused by pandemics or geopolitical and other issues. For example, commercially usable gelatin is available from a limited number of sources. In addition, much of the gelatin we use is bovine-derived. Past concerns of contamination from bovine spongiform encephalopathy have narrowed the number of possible sources of particular types of gelatin. If there were a future disruption in the supply of gelatin or any other key material from any one or more of our current principal suppliers, there can be no assurance that we could obtain an adequate alternative supply from our other suppliers. Any future restriction that were to emerge on the use of a key raw material used in our products from certain geographic sources or due to regulatory or consumer concerns could hinder our ability to timely supply our customers with products, and the use of alternative raw materials could be subject to lengthy formulation, testing and regulatory approval periods.

We work very closely with our customers and suppliers to assure continuity of supply while maintaining excellence in material quality and reliability. We continually evaluate alternate sources of supply, although we do not frequently pursue regulatory qualification of alternative sources for key raw materials due to the strength of our existing supplier relationships, the reliability of our current supplier base, and the time and expense associated with the regulatory process, since customers and regulators usually must approve changes to prescription product ingredient sources. Although a change in suppliers could require significant effort or investment by us in circumstances where the items supplied are integral to the performance of our products or incorporate specialized material such as gelatin, we do not believe that the loss of any existing supply arrangement would have a material adverse effect on our business. See “Item 1A. - Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate—Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components of the products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw materials, and other supplies or equipment we need to run our business."

Competition

We compete with multiple companies as to each of our offerings and in every region of the globe in which we operate, including with CDMOs and other companies that offer conventional and advanced technologies for the development, supply, and delivery of medicinal products, clinical trials support, outsourced dose form, protein-based biologics or cell or gene therapy manufacturing, or development services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health companies based in North America, Central and South America, Europe, and the Asia-Pacific region. We also compete in some cases with the internal operations of those pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health customers that also have manufacturing capabilities and choose to source these services internally. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than we are and have access to more substantial resources, which could be deployed to expand their range of offerings or capacity.

17

Competition is driven by proprietary technologies and know-how (where relevant), capabilities, consistency of operational performance, availability of equipment, quality, regulatory track record, price, value, responsiveness, and speed. While we have competitors that compete with us in our individual offerings, and a few competitors that compete across many of our offerings, we do not believe we have competition from any directly comparable company.

Research and Development Costs

Our research activities are primarily directed toward the development of new offerings and manufacturing process improvements. Research and development costs amounted to $17 million, $18 million, and $23 million for fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Employees

As of June 30, 2024, we had approximately 16,900 individuals providing services for us at 53 facilities on 4 continents, of which certain employees at two of our 24 U.S. facilities are represented by labor unions, with their terms and conditions of employment being subject to collective bargaining agreements. Various combinations of national works councils, labor unions, and other labor organizations are active at all of our European and many of our other ex-U.S. facilities consistent with labor environments and laws in those countries. Our management believes that our relations with our workforce are satisfactory. Most of our individual service providers are full-time employees, while approximately 800 of our workers as of June 30, 2024 are contingent workers who are either self-employed or employed by external services organizations.

	North America	Europe	South America	Asia Pacific	Total
Approximate number of workers as of June 30, 2024	9,600	5,800	900	600	16,900

Human Capital Management

Our employees share common goals: to put patients first and to help people around the world live better, healthier lives. Our global workforce is united by our values: Patient First, commitment to our People, Customer Dedication, Innovation, Integrity, and Excellence. Together, our values provide the foundation for our culture. We believe that an engaged, diverse workforce, empowered by inclusive leaders, will unlock our full potential as a company and as a leader in our sector. Our employees’ success is Catalent’s success.

We focus on employee development, engagement, and diversity and inclusion (“D&I”) to hire, develop, and retain the best talent. As of June 30, 2024, we had approximately 16,900 employees globally, with women representing 44% of our employees and holding 40% of roles at the manager level or higher. As of June 30, 2024, people of color represented 36% of our U.S. employees.

Our turnover rate decreased to 19% as of June 30, 2024, including 11% voluntary turnover. Much of this turnover was driven by voluntary departures in the U.S. and by a few reorganizations at some of our larger sites and within our corporate functions.

Reducing voluntary attrition and retaining our talent remains one of our top priorities. We continue to implement initiatives to build upon our values-based and inclusive culture, improve our employees’ experiences at Catalent, and better develop and engage internal talent. We continuously monitor local talent markets and provide differentiated pay arrangements and benefits to attract and retain talent. Additionally, we provide flexible work arrangements where possible, broader leadership development programs, an employee wellness program, and access to employee recognition programs at all levels.

We continue to take steps to ensure that Catalent is a company where all employees can develop a fulfilling career with support from our leadership team. We believe that our diverse pool of internal talent and our employees’ passion for excellence make a difference in the way we grow and deliver results.

Talent Acquisition

We have strong human resources processes and practices in place to support our employees through their careers at Catalent. This starts with a robust recruiting strategy and a strong employer brand. We attracted over 2,400 new employees in fiscal 2024, continuously working to reduce the time it takes to fill open positions, while striving for a best-in-class candidate experience.

18

We offer competitive compensation and a comprehensive suite of benefits, which, in the U.S., range from medical, dental, and vision coverage to retirement, disability, employee stock purchase, and life insurance programs. We also provide health promotion and wellness programs, remote work flexibility, tuition assistance, and employee assistance programs in several countries.

Our recruitment strategy aims to attract talent representing diverse backgrounds, perspectives, and ideas. This approach includes:

•    Developing future leaders and enhancing their skills through programs that include various mentoring programs, our Global Organization Leadership Development (“GOLD”), Next Generation Global Leaders, and General Managers Excellence programs, as discussed further below;

•    Providing competitive compensation and benefits;

•    Continuously improving recruitment processes and platforms; and

•    Working with several recruitment partners to attract strong profiles and advertise open positions.

Catalent has been recognized as a TOP EMPLOYER USA since 2020 and as a TOP EMPLOYER in the United Kingdom ("U.K.") since 2022. We differentiate ourselves as a preferred employer to candidates through our reputation as a great place to work, offering a fast-paced and rewarding work environment.

Talent Development

We are dedicated to the growth, development, and engagement of our people once they join our organization. Through a commitment to building onto the already strong learning and development culture, we offer specialized technical training, leadership development, high-potential growth opportunities, and team effectiveness solutions for leadership teams. This training and development equips our employees and leaders with the knowledge and expertise needed to advance their skills and careers at Catalent.

Our primary goal is to grow our people from within, thereby establishing a strong successor bench to drive company growth. In fiscal 2024, over 2,100 employees moved to a new role within the organization, whether as a developmental move or a promotion to a more senior position. Our senior leaders are committed to talent development and dedicate time each fiscal quarter to conduct formal talent reviews. During these sessions, they discuss the progress of key talent and update succession plans for critical roles.

We firmly believe that personal development and career progression are best achieved through a combination of Experience (70%), Exposure (20%), and Education (10%). Within this framework, we provide a wealth of tools and resources, offering employees numerous opportunities to acquire new skills or enhance existing ones. Employees can take advantage of the resources on Career Corner, an employee intranet site that features a variety of resources on mentoring, access to LinkedIn Learning events and the opportunity to enroll in virtual training sessions on fundamental skills needed to thrive at Catalent.

Given our consistent volume of new hires, we continue to enhance the employee journey which begins with their onboarding experience. We have refined our on-boarding program to support employees throughout their first twelve months with Catalent. We also support new leaders with an engaging New Leader Assimilation program that aims to foster meaningful connections between a leader and their team.

We are proud of our four formal development programs offered to employees. All programs aim to prepare our talent to fill critical internal leadership roles. Through these programs, we have created a strong bench of leaders who model our values and are ready to take on more responsibility.

(1)    Entry-level GOLD program. The GOLD program is a two-year rotational program for recent graduates from universities around the world in which the employee participates in two rotations at different sites in our network to learn about different aspects of our business and our varied offerings. GOLD employees receive assignments to perform strategic roles in key business initiatives. We provide them with coaching and opportunities to interact with senior executives, which both develop the skills and experience of our GOLD employees and provide a platform through which they contribute fresh ideas that challenge the status quo. The GOLD program currently operates in the U.S. and in Europe and is in the process of being redesigned for a relaunch in fiscal 2026.

(2)    Manager-level Next Generation Global Leader program. Our Next Generation Global Leader program, for nominated managers, is a twelve-month centrally managed program that focuses on Leading self, Others and the Business with the ultimate goal of preparing high-potential managers for director-level roles. To date, this program has had three rounds of 120 graduates, with a new group of 33 employees slated to join this program in fiscal 2025.

19

(3)    Senior Leader General Managers' Excellence program. Our general managers run our operating sites and have substantial and wide-ranging responsibilities. This program enhances the skills of our general managers by giving them exposure to industry best practices, opportunities to network internally and receive personalized career coaching, including a 3-day business simulation. In fiscal 2024 and 2023, a total of 55 current and potential general managers, respectively, participated in this program.

(4)    Front-line leader level Lead Now program. In fiscal 2023, we launched “Lead Now,” a Catalent-wide leadership offering targeted for those who are new to people leadership. During the first 3 months of a new leadership role, this program teaches employees the fundamentals of leadership and identifies tools to inspire their teams while role-modeling Catalent values. Since Lead Now's inception, we have certified 420 new leaders in this program.

Diversity and Inclusion

At Catalent, we: cultivate a workplace that respects and welcomes all people; celebrate the unique backgrounds and experiences of our workforce; encourage all employees to bring their true, authentic selves to work; and leverage the diverse backgrounds, perspectives, and ideas of our team members to drive innovation, inclusion, and excellence in every aspect of our business. By fostering an inclusive environment, we energize our people to do their best work.

Our commitment to D&I starts at the top with our board of directors (referred to herein as the “board of directors” or “Board”) and executive leadership team that bring a broad spectrum of backgrounds and perspectives. Led by our Diversity and Inclusion team, and effectuated at all levels of the Company, we focus on attracting, retaining, and developing talent with diverse ideas and backgrounds along with creating an inclusive work environment globally.

We are committed to identifying and acknowledging areas for improvement in our D&I mission. To drive progress within Catalent, we focus on four strategic initiatives:

• Strengthening our culture of inclusion, supported by our nine employee resource groups;

• Promoting inclusive leadership;

• Accelerating talent acquisition and development, including with support from external partners; and

• Activating a data-driven and accountability-driven strategy.

One key example of our global D&I initiatives are our nine global employee resource groups (“ERGs”). The ERGs are open to all. They provide support, resources, and a forum for topical discussion and engagement for employees around the following categories: People with disabilities, People of Asian and Pacific Islander descent, Women, Indigenous people, people of Hispanic and/or LatinX descent, our LGBTQ+ community, people of African descent, Gen Y and Z, and people with military and/or first responder service. Our ERG network includes 148 global, virtual, and site-based chapters.

Key D&I performance highlights are captured in our Corporate Responsibility and Environmental, Social, and Governance Strategy section below.

Engagement

Our employee-focused practices make a clear impact on our employee engagement. Through increased engagement, we can grow our business by relying on strong, engaged leaders and professionals who are dedicated to overcome challenges and drive results.

We regularly conduct company-wide engagement surveys to garner direct feedback from our employees. This allows us to deepen and enhance engagement by focusing on improving specific areas where we can best support our people. In fiscal 2023, we implemented an online platform that provides our leaders with updated engagement scores and immediate access to results which empowers our leaders to take swift action based on feedback.

Our recent survey in October 2023, led to a company-wide score of 6.7 out of a possible 10 for Catalent (using a rating scale from 1 to 10). The results highlighted key strengths, including our inclusive culture, our Patient First value, peer relationships, goal setting, and meaningful work. The survey also highlighted areas requiring further focus, including well-being, communication, career paths, and rewards and recognition.

20

Corporate Responsibility (“CR”) and ESG Strategy

Our CR strategy, which includes our ESG strategy, is integrated into our company-wide strategic plan, ensuring that we operate in alignment with our values, meet our commitments to all our stakeholders, and contribute to the long-term success of the broader biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer health industries and the communities where we operate. Our approach to ESG focuses on three areas of society relevant to our business, prioritizing our impact on (i) people, (ii) the environment, and (iii) our communities. We focus on ESG areas that are the most significant to our business, and our strategy is informed by our employees, customers, investors, communities, and other key stakeholders. Our fiscal 2024 ESG performance, described below, demonstrates our contribution to the long-term success of the industries we serve and the communities where we operate, as we continue to invest in a corporate culture that understands and prioritizes our impact on people in our operations and employee-related decision-making.

Governance

We are committed to ensuring strong corporate governance practices on behalf of our shareholders and other stakeholders. We believe strong corporate governance and an independent board of directors provide the foundation for financial integrity and shareholder confidence. More information about our corporate governance features can be found in Item 10. — Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance.

Our CR council, which reports to the CEO and is composed of senior leaders from various parts of our business, guides our CR efforts and sets our overall CR strategy. Management, including members of the CR council, provide regular CR updates to our board of directors, which regularly reviews material aspects of our CR strategy and performance as a full board and through its several committees, including a formal annual review of our overall CR strategy and performance.

Business Benefits

Beyond being the right thing to do, we believe our focus on CR helps strengthen our business by reducing risks, meeting customer and investor expectations, and positioning us to attract top talent. CR performance is an important contributor to our business success. It informs our risk management process, protects our reputation, and alerts us to regulatory, environmental, and societal threats to our business. Our CR activities also align with many of our customers’ CR programs and strengthen our relationships.

Our future success depends on our highly skilled and dedicated global team of employees, who are passionate about improving health outcomes. We compete for top talent in our industry and recognize that our culture and reputation as a responsible company can be a differentiator for attracting job candidates and keeping and motivating our existing employees.

ESG progress in fiscal 2024

We made significant progress in several ESG focus areas in fiscal 2024:

•In February 2024, we published our fifth annual Corporate Responsibility report (covering fiscal 2023), which includes an evaluation of our performance against the standards set by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) for Biotechnology and Pharmaceuticals and the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). Some highlights of our progress include:

◦purchasing renewable electricity for our operating sites, with energy attribution certificates (EACs) accounting for 80% of our electricity use by the end of fiscal 2023, compared to 76% at the end of fiscal 2022, thus reducing our total Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 10%, from a fiscal 2022 baseline;

◦reducing the volume of water used in water stressed areas by 14.4% from fiscal 2022, mainly due to the impact of water savings projects at water-stressed sites,

◦increasing the volume of waste diverted from landfill to 85%, compared to 73% in fiscal 2022, due to the progress from our Zero Waste to Landfill program.

◦philanthropic giving that exceeded $1.25 million, driven significantly by philanthropic efforts related to the humanitarian response to the war in Ukraine and, our on-going commitment to science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM) education, and nonprofits that serve patients, with a focus on underserved communities; and

◦21% of employees participated in our annual Month of Service, up from 18% in fiscal 2022, reflecting the expanded range of participation options we offered.

21

•In fiscal 2024, we continued to drive D&I by (1) investing in the inclusive capabilities of our leaders, (2) working with partners who share our values and help enable our strategy, (3) accelerating strong talent acquisition and development of people with diverse ideas and backgrounds, and (4) curating an inclusive culture. Some highlights of our progress include:

◦confirmation that we closed the U.S. gender pay gap in fiscal 2021 through EDGE certification;

◦publication of a Supplier Diversity Policy, which provides that we expect suppliers to have policies in place that assure that no employee or third party is discriminated against due to their sex, gender, race, ethnicity, disability, religion, or sexual orientation;

◦designation as a 2023 Best Place to Work for people with disabilities, based on the Disabilities Equality Index;

◦rollout of our inclusive leadership workshops for site and functional leadership teams and ongoing conversations hosted by our leaders following challenging current events in the U.S.; and

◦continued active involvement of our ERGs, with 30 global ERG events with more than 4,000 attendees.

Looking ahead

We are determined to play an integral role in moving our industry toward more responsible and sustainable business practices as we continue to be at the cutting edge of developing and reliably supplying drugs, biologics, and consumer health products.

We continue to reduce our carbon emissions and have an approved set of Science Based Targets (SBT). These targets commit Catalent to reducing absolute scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 42% by fiscal 2030 from a fiscal 2022 base year. Catalent also commits to reduce absolute scope 3 GHG emissions from fuel- and energy-related activities, and employee commuting 25% within the same timeframe. Catalent further commits that 70% of its suppliers by emissions, covering purchased goods and services, capital goods, and upstream transportation and distribution, will have science-based targets by fiscal 2028. We are committed to maintain water intensity to less than 500 cubic meters per $1 million in revenue, with a focus on sites in water-deprived or sensitive areas, to reduce our water usage further. At the end of fiscal 2023, 85% of our waste previously sent to landfill was disposed of by other means, Catalent is committed to eliminate all waste sent to landfill; in fiscal 2024. We have performed a risk assessment and identified process and infrastructure changes needed for us to achieve our bold goal to ensure no residual active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) above Predicted No Effect Concentration (PNEC) in wastewater. Activities to implement this goal will occur throughout fiscal 2025.

We continue to strengthen our supply chain by expanding our supplier assessment and auditing program, including continued use of our third-party vetting and due diligence platform in alignment with the Pharmaceutical Supply Chain Initiative (PSCI) principles and the U.N. Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. We expect our diverse supplier network and spend will continue to increase, as outlined in our new Diverse Supplier Policy.

We will work to progress our efforts in recruiting, developing, and retaining talent representing diverse backgrounds, perspectives, and ideas, including in leadership roles. In fiscal 2024, we further implemented our D&I action plans, which outline localized strategies. We continue to consider external benchmarks, including the Corporate Equality Index (LGBTQ+ inclusion) and the Disability Index, in evaluating our progress. Through training, forums, and internal performance metrics, we will continue to combat unconscious biases that can impact the hiring and promotion of diverse talent. Our employee surveys reveal that our employees are energized and engaged by our CR and D&I initiatives. In fiscal 2025, we will continue to assess our employees' overall engagement and inclusion through our next corporate engagement survey.

Further information on our CR program is available at catalent.com/about-us/corporate-responsibility/, but this website is not part of our public disclosures and is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

Intellectual Property

We use a combination of know-how, trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and other intellectual property, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions, and technical measures to protect certain innovative aspects of our offerings, services, and intangible assets that we have developed. These proprietary rights can be important to aspects of our ongoing operations. Many of our operations and products are covered by intellectual property licenses from third parties, particularly our customers that provide licenses to their proprietary active ingredients or formulations as part of our development or supply agreements with them, and in certain instances we license our technology to third parties.

We also have a long track record of innovation across our lines of business, and, to further encourage active innovation, we have developed incentive compensation systems linked to patent filings and other recognition and reward programs for scientists and non-scientists alike. We have applied in the U.S. and certain other countries for registration of a number of

22

trademarks, service marks, and patents, some of which have been registered and issued, and also hold common law rights in various trademarks and service marks. We hold more than 2,100 patents and patent applications worldwide relating to advanced drug delivery platforms, biologics formulations and technologies, and manufacturing.

We hold patents and license rights relating to certain aspects of our formulations, pharmaceutical and nutritional dosage forms, mammalian cell engineering, antibody-drug conjugation, iPSCs, and plasmid DNA manufacturing. We also hold patents relating to certain processes and products. We have pending patent applications in the U.S. and certain other countries and intend to pursue additional patents as appropriate. We have enforced and will continue to enforce our intellectual property rights in the U.S. and worldwide in appropriate circumstances.

We do not consider any particular patent, trademark, license, franchise, or concession to be material to our overall business.

Regulatory Matters

The manufacture, distribution, and marketing of healthcare products and the provision of certain services for development-stage pharmaceutical and biotechnology products are subject to extensive ongoing regulation by the FDA, other U.S. governmental authorities, and similar regulatory authorities in other countries. Certain of our subsidiaries are required to register for permits or licenses with, and must comply with the operating, cGMP, quality, and security standards of, applicable domestic and foreign healthcare regulators, including the FDA, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency (the “DEA”), the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (the “DHHS”), the equivalent agencies of the E.U. and its member states, and various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, and comparable agencies in other jurisdictions, as well as various accrediting bodies, each depending upon the type of operations and the locations of distribution and sale of the products manufactured or services provided by those subsidiaries.

In addition, various aspects of our business are subject to other healthcare laws, including the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the Public Health Service Act, the Controlled Substances Act, and comparable state and foreign laws and regulations relevant to their activities.

We are also subject to various federal, state, local, national, and transnational laws, regulations, and requirements, both in the U.S. and other countries, relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and distribution practices, and the use, transportation, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. In addition, applicable import and export laws and regulations require us to abide by certain standards relating to the cross-border transit of finished goods, raw materials, and supplies and the handling of information. We are also subject to various other laws and regulations concerning the conduct of our non-U.S. operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act, and other anti-bribery laws and laws pertaining to the accuracy of our internal books and records. Furthermore, we are subject, in various jurisdictions, including the E.U. and certain U.S. states, to various privacy laws protecting data we may collect or process from employees, our customers' patients, or others.

The costs associated with complying with the various applicable federal, state, local, national, and transnational regulations could be significant, and the failure to comply with such legal requirements could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 1A. - Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate—We are a part of the highly regulated healthcare industry, subject to stringent regulatory standards and other applicable laws and regulations, which can change unexpectedly or be the subject of unexpected changes in interpretation or enforcement, any of which may adversely impact our business,” for additional discussion of the costs associated with complying with the various regulations.

In fiscal 2024, we were subject to 69 regulatory audits, and, over the last five fiscal years, we completed approximately 280 regulatory audits.

Quality Assurance

We are committed to ensuring and maintaining the highest standard of regulatory compliance while providing high quality products to our customers, supported by our core value of Patient First. To meet these commitments, we have developed and implemented a Catalent-wide quality management system. We have employees around the globe focusing on quality and regulatory compliance. Our senior management team is actively involved in setting quality policies, standards, and internal guidance as well as managing internal and external quality performance. Our quality assurance department provides quality leadership and supervises our quality systems programs. An internal audit program monitors compliance with applicable regulations, standards, and internal policies. In addition, our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA, the DEA, and other equivalent local, state, and foreign regulatory authorities as well as our customers. All FDA, DEA, and other regulatory inspection observations have been resolved or are on track to be completed at the prescribed timeframe provided in

23

commitments to the applicable agency in all material respects. We believe that our operations are in compliance in all material respects with the regulations under which our facilities are governed.

Environmental, Health & Safety Matters

Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, including those of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”), the U.S. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (“OSHA”), and equivalent state, local, and national regulatory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the use, handling, and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination, and employee health and safety. Our manufacturing facilities use, in varying degrees, hazardous substances in their processes. These substances include, among others, chlorinated solvents, and in the past chlorinated solvents were used at one or more of our facilities, including a number we no longer own or operate. As at our current facilities, contamination at such formerly owned or operated properties can result and has resulted in liability to us, for which we have recorded appropriate reserves as needed. We believe that our operations are in compliance in all material respects with the environment, health, and safety regulations applicable to our facilities.

24

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently believe are immaterial, may also impair our business operations.

Risks Relating to Pending Merger with Novo Holdings

We may not complete the pending Merger with Novo Holdings within the timeframe anticipated, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as negatively impact our share price.

On February 5, 2024, we entered into the Merger Agreement. Consummation of the Merger is subject to certain closing conditions, including receipt of required regulatory approvals. For more information, see Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Furthermore, the granting of regulatory approvals by antitrust authorities could involve the imposition of additional conditions on the closing of the Merger. The imposition of such conditions or the failure or delay to obtain regulatory approvals could have the effect of delaying completion of the Merger or of imposing additional costs or limitations on us or may result in the failure to close the Merger. We cannot provide any assurance that the conditions to the consummation of the Merger will be satisfied or waived or that, if the Merger is consummated, it will be on the terms specified in the Merger Agreement or within the anticipated timeframe.

Failure to complete the Merger within the timeframe anticipated could adversely affect our business and the market price of our Shares in a number of ways, including:

•The price of our Common Stock may decline to the extent that current market prices of our Common Stock reflect assumptions that the Merger will be completed on a timely basis.

•The failure to complete the Merger may result in negative publicity and negatively affect our relationship with our stockholders, employees, customers, suppliers and lenders.

•If the Merger is not completed, the time and resources committed by our management team could have been devoted to pursuing other opportunities.

•We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant expenses for professional services in connection with the Merger for which we will have received little or no benefit if the Merger is not completed.

In addition, any additional litigation or enforcement proceeding commenced against us in connection with the Merger may require us to devote significant time and resources and could require us to incur significant costs. This also could result in the Merger being delayed and/or enjoined by a court of competent jurisdiction, which could prevent the Merger from becoming effective.

The occurrence of any of these events individually or in combination which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as negatively impact our share price.

The announcement and pendency of the Merger with Novo Holdings could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as negatively impact our share price.

Our efforts to complete the Merger with Novo Holdings could cause substantial disruptions in, and create uncertainty surrounding, our business, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or the price of our common stock. Uncertainty as to whether the Merger will be completed may affect our ability to recruit prospective employees or to retain and motivate existing employees. Employee retention may be particularly challenging while the transaction is pending because employees may experience uncertainty about their roles following consummation of the Merger. A substantial amount of our managements and employees’ attention is being directed toward the completion of the transaction and thus is being diverted from our day-to-day operations. Uncertainty as to our future also could adversely affect our business and our relationship with collaborators, strategic partners, suppliers, existing or prospective customers or regulators. For example, collaborators, suppliers, existing or prospective customers and other counterparties may defer decisions concerning us, or seek to change existing business relationships with us, whether pursuant to the terms of their existing agreements with us or otherwise. Changes to or termination of existing business relationships could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, as well as negatively impact our share price. The adverse effects of the pendency of the transaction could be exacerbated by any delays in completion of the transaction, changes to the terms of the transaction or termination of the Merger Agreement.

25

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, direct and indirect costs as a result of the pending Merger with Novo Holdings.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant costs and expenses, including legal, accounting and other advisory fees and other transaction costs, in connection with the pending Merger. We will be required to pay a substantial portion of these costs and expenses whether or not the Merger is completed. There are a number of factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount or the timing of these costs and expenses.

While the Merger Agreement is in effect, we are subject to restrictions on our business activities.

While the Merger Agreement is in effect, we are subject to restrictions on our business activities, generally requiring us to conduct our business in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice, in all material respects, and subjecting us to a variety of specified limitations absent Novo Holdings’ prior consent. These limitations include, among other things, restrictions on our ability to acquire other businesses and material assets (including certain governmental licenses and authorizations), dispose of material assets, make investments, enter into or amend certain material contracts, repurchase or issue securities, pay dividends, make capital expenditures, take certain actions relating to intellectual property, amend our organizational documents, incur indebtedness, hire/terminate certain employees and provide increases to compensation and benefits to certain employees. These restrictions could prevent us from pursuing strategic business opportunities, taking actions with respect to our business that we may consider advantageous and responding effectively or on a timely basis to competitive pressures and industry developments, and may as a result materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Merger Agreement contains provisions that prohibit a third party from proposing an alternative transaction or acquire our Company prior to the consummation of the Merger.

The Merger Agreement contains provisions that prohibit our ability to entertain a third-party proposal for an acquisition of our company or an alternative transaction in lieu of the Merger. These provisions include our agreement not to, directly or indirectly, solicit, initiate, or knowingly facilitate, or knowingly encourage or negotiate with any person regarding other proposals for an acquisition of our Company, as well as restrictions on our ability to respond to such proposals, even one that may be deemed of greater value to our stockholders than the proposed Merger with Novo Holdings.

We are and may continue to be targets of other securities class action and derivative lawsuits that could result in substantial costs and may delay or prevent the Merger from being completed.

We are and may continue to be targets of other securities class action and derivative lawsuits as a result of our agreement to enter into the Merger transaction. Securities class action lawsuits and derivative lawsuits are often brought against public companies that have entered into merger agreements. The outcome of litigation is uncertain and we may not be successful in defending against future claims brought against us even if they are without merit. Regardless of the outcome of any lawsuits brought against us, such lawsuits could delay or prevent the Merger, divert the attention of our management and employees from our day-to-day business, result in substantial costs and otherwise adversely affect us financially. A potential adverse judgment could result in monetary damages, which could have a negative impact on our liquidity and financial condition. Additionally, if a plaintiff is successful in obtaining an injunction prohibiting completion of the Merger, that injunction may delay or prevent the Merger from being completed, or from being completed within the anticipated timeframe, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. For more information, see Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our executive officers and directors may have interests in the proposed Merger that are different from, or in addition to, those of our stockholders generally.

Our executive officers and directors may have interests in the proposed Merger that are different from the interests of our stockholders generally, including, among others, the acceleration of the vesting of equity awards and receipt of change in control or other severance payments in connection with the proposed Merger, continued indemnification and insurance and potentially continued service to the combined company. These interests, among others, may influence, or appear to influence, our executive officers and directors and cause them to view the Merger differently from how our stockholders generally may view it.

Additional information regarding our executive officers and directors and their interests in the proposed Merger were included in the proxy statement relating to the proposed Merger filed with the SEC.

If the Merger occurs, our stockholders will not be able to participate in any further upside to our business.

26

If the Merger is consummated, our stockholders will receive the right to receive an amount in cash equal to $63.50 per Share, without interest, and will not receive any equity interests of Parent. As a result, if our business following the Merger performs well, our current stockholders will not receive any additional consideration and will therefore not receive any benefit from any such future performance of our business.

Risks Relating to Our Business and the Industry in Which We Operate

Actions of activist shareholders could impact the pursuit of our business strategies and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, or share price.

We value constructive input from investors and regularly engage in dialogue with our shareholders regarding strategy and performance. Our board of directors and management team are committed to acting in the best interests of all shareholders. The actions taken by our board of directors and management in seeking to maintain constructive engagement with certain shareholders, however, may not be successful.

We have been, and may in the future be, subject to activities initiated by activist shareholders. In August 2023, we entered into a Cooperation Agreement (the “Cooperation Agreement”) with Elliott Investment Management L.P. (“Elliott”). Pursuant to the Cooperation Agreement, we appointed Steven Barg, Frank D’Amelio, Michelle Ryan, and Stephanie Okey as members of the Board, with an initial term expiring at the Company’s 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

We strive to maintain constructive, ongoing communications with all shareholders, including Elliott, and we welcome constructive input from all shareholders toward the shared goal of enhancing stakeholder value. Nonetheless, we may not be successful in engaging constructively with one or more shareholders, and any resulting activist campaign that contests, or seeks to change, our strategic direction or business mix could have an adverse effect on us because: (i) responding to actions by activist shareholders could disrupt our business and operations, be costly or time-consuming, or divert the attention of our board of directors or senior management from the pursuit of business strategies, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition; (ii) perceived uncertainties as to our future direction may lead to the perception of a change in the direction of the business, instability, or lack of continuity, any of which may be exploited by our competitors, cause concern to our current or potential customers, cause concern in the minds of our employees and lead to the departure of critical employees, result in the loss of potential business opportunities, or make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners; and (iii) these types of actions could cause significant fluctuations in our share price based on temporary or speculative market perceptions or other factors that do not necessarily reflect the underlying fundamentals and prospects of our business.

We anticipate being subject to increasing focus by our investors, regulators, customers, and other stakeholders on ESG matters.

Our investors, regulators, customers, and other stakeholders are increasingly focused on ESG matters. Certain investors, particularly institutional investors, and certain of our customers may use third-party benchmarks or scores to measure our ESG practices, and to decide whether to invest in our shares, engage with us regarding our practices, or engage or continue to use our services. If our ESG scores or practices do not meet desired standards, we may face reputational challenges. There can be no assurance that we will be able to accomplish any particular ESG goal or commitment, including any additional or revised commitment that we may announce in the future, as statements regarding such goals and commitments reflect our plans and aspirations at the time of announcement and do not guarantee achievement of such plans and aspirations within the timelines we announce or at all.

Different stakeholder groups have divergent views on ESG matters, which increases the risk that any action or lack thereof with respect to ESG matters will be perceived negatively by at least some stakeholders and adversely impact our reputation and business. Anti-ESG sentiment has gained some momentum across the United States, with several states having enacted or proposed “anti-ESG” policies or legislation, or issued related legal opinions. If we do not successfully manage ESG-related expectations across these varied stakeholder interests, it could erode stakeholder trust, impact our reputation, and constrain our business. Globally, a lack of harmonization in relation to ESG legal and regulatory reform across the jurisdictions in which we may operate may affect our future implementation of, and compliance with, rapidly developing ESG standards and requirements. Generally, we expect stakeholder demands and the prevailing legal environment to require us to devote additional resources to ESG matters in our review of prospective acquisitions. Additionally, collecting, measuring, and reporting ESG information and metrics can be costly, difficult, and time-consuming, are subject to evolving reporting standards, and can present numerous operational, reputational, financial, legal, and other risks. Compliance with ESG-related rules and efforts to meet investor expectations on ESG matters may place strain on our personnel, systems, and resources, and we may incur

27

significant compliance costs. Additionally, failure to comply with such rules or meet investor expectations may have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations.

We are a part of the highly regulated healthcare industry, subject to stringent regulatory standards and other applicable laws and regulations, which can change unexpectedly or be the subject of unexpected changes in interpretation or enforcement, any of which may adversely impact our business.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated. We, and our customers, are subject to various local, state, federal, national, and transnational laws and regulations, which include the operating, quality, and security standards of the FDA, the DEA, various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, the DHHS, similar bodies of the U.K., the E.U. and its member states, and other comparable agencies around the world, and, in the future, any change to such laws and regulations or the interpretation or application thereof could adversely affect us. Among other rules affecting us, we are subject to laws and regulations concerning cGMP and drug safety. New public health orders or best practice guidelines may increase our costs to operate or reduce our productivity, thereby affecting our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We cannot ensure that our compliance controls, policies, and procedures will in every instance protect us from acts of our employees, agents, contractors, or collaborators that turn out to violate the laws or regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including, without limitation, healthcare, employment, foreign corrupt practices, trade restrictions and sanctions, environmental, competition, and privacy laws and regulations. Failure by us or by our customers to comply with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations or requests from regulatory authorities could result in warning letters, product recalls or seizures, monetary sanctions, injunctions to halt manufacture or distribution, restrictions on our operations, civil or criminal sanctions, or withdrawal of existing or denial of pending approvals, permits, or registrations, including those relating to products or facilities. In addition, any such failure relating to the products or services we provide could expose us to contractual or product liability claims as well as claims from our customers, including claims for reimbursement for lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, which cost could be significant. Our business activities outside the U.S. are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act, and other anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, regulations, or rules. Our business is heavily regulated and therefore involves significant interaction with public officials, including officials of non-U.S. governments. There is no certainty that all of our employees, agents, contractors, or collaborators, or those of our affiliates, will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws. Violations of these laws and regulations may have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations.

In addition, any new offering or product classified as a pharmaceutical or medical device must undergo lengthy and rigorous clinical testing and other extensive, costly, and time-consuming procedures mandated by the FDA, the EMA, and other equivalent local, state, federal, national, and transnational regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions that regulate our offerings and products.

Although we believe that we comply in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that a regulatory agency or tribunal would not reach a different conclusion concerning the compliance of our operations with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or renew existing permits, licenses, or other regulatory approvals or obtain, without significant delay, future permits, licenses, or other approvals needed for the operation of our businesses. Any noncompliance by us or our customers with applicable law or regulation or the failure to maintain, renew, or obtain necessary permits and licenses could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, loss of a permit, license, or other approval in any one portion of our business may have indirect consequences in another portion of our business if regulators or customers adjust their reviews of such other portion as a result or customers cease business with such other portion due to fears that such loss is a sign of broader concerns about our ability to deliver products or services of sufficient quality.

Any failure to implement fully, monitor, and continuously improve our quality management strategy could lead to quality or safety issues and expose us to significant costs, potential liability, and adverse publicity.

Our results depend on our ability to execute and improve when necessary our quality management strategy and systems, and effectively train and maintain our workforce with respect to quality management. Quality management plays an essential role in determining and meeting customer requirements, preventing defects, and improving our offerings, and, despite our network of quality systems, a quality or safety issue, including with respect to a high-revenue product, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, stock price, or results of operations and may subject us to regulatory action, including a product recall, product seizure, injunction to halt manufacture or distribution, or restriction on our operations; monetary fines; or other civil or criminal sanctions. In addition, such an issue could subject us to adverse publicity and costly

28

litigation, including claims from our customers for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients or other related losses, the cost of which could be significant.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, productivity issues and higher-than-expected costs at certain of our facilities, which have resulted in, and may continue to result in, material and adverse impacts on our financial condition and results of operations.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, we announced that we experienced productivity issues at three of our facilities, including two of our largest manufacturing facilities in fiscal 2023, relating to, among other things, deployment of a new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system and continued need to implement enhancements to operational and engineering controls following regulatory inspections, which led to reductions in revenues and increases in costs at these sites in fiscal 2023. Our plans to increase capacity for a customer’s product at one of these sites did not move forward on schedule, and, due to manufacturing capacity constraints, revenue from the unproduced batches was not made up in fiscal 2023. There can be no assurance that such revenue will be recovered on expected timeframes or at all. In addition, we have experienced higher-than-expected costs at the three facilities. Although we have taken several measures at these facilities, including management and operational changes, there can be no assurance that such measures will successfully address the root causes of the issues identified at each site, that our costs will return to anticipated levels, or that productivity levels at these sites will return to normal in the expected timeframes or at all. If we are unsuccessful in remedying the productivity issues at our facilities, if we are unable to recover revenue from unproduced batches when expected or at all, or if our costs at our facilities remain elevated, we may continue to experience material and adverse impacts on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that additional operational and productivity issues will not arise at these three sites, or that similar operational and productivity issues will not materialize in our other manufacturing facilities, which may result in material and adverse impacts on our financial condition and results of operations.

The declining demand for various COVID-19 vaccines and treatments from both patients and governments around the world has affected and may continue to affect sales of the COVID-19 products we manufacture and our financial condition.

We manufacture or provide services for a variety of products intended for the prevention or treatment of COVID-19 and its symptoms and effects, including both vaccines and treatments. Due to the substantially decreased demand for these products since the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, no single one of these products is currently material to our business. The duration and extent of future revenues from our development, testing, manufacturing, and packaging of COVID-19-related products is uncertain and dependent upon customer demand. As the COVID-19 pandemic evolved into an endemic phase, we anticipated greater seasonality for demand and a decreased patient population, which may result in overall lower demand for the COVID-19-related products we develop, test, manufacture, or package. The market for the COVID-19 vaccines we develop, test, manufacture, or package depends on several evolving factors that are outside of our control, including public health authority recommendations and consumer motivation to vaccinate.

Certain of the COVID-19-related products we develop and manufacture have not yet received full marketing approval from relevant regulatory authorities around the world or for certain patient populations. Should any of these COVID-19-related products be denied any necessary regulatory approval, the demand for such product could decrease significantly and therefore decrease customer orders for additional development, manufacturing, or packaging of those products. Additionally, the need for continued manufacture and supply of vaccines (including “booster” doses) and therapies to address COVID-19, including new and developing variants of COVID-19, is highly uncertain and subject to various political, economic, and regulatory factors that are outside of our control. In addition, highly public political and social debate relating to the need for, efficacy of, or side effects related to one or more specific COVID-19 vaccines could contribute to changes in public perception of one or more COVID-19 vaccines manufactured by us, which could decrease demand for a COVID-19 related products we develop, manufacture, or package. Any of these factors, or others, could lead to decreased demand for the COVID-19 related products we develop, manufacture, or package and, as a result, have an adverse effect on our financial results or financial condition.

The demand for our offerings depends in part on our customers’ research and development and the clinical and market success of their products. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be harmed if our customers spend less on, or are less successful in, these activities. In addition, customer spending may be affected by, among other things, recessionary economic conditions caused in whole or in part by lingering effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Ukrainian-Russian war, the war in Gaza between Israel and Hamas and conflict in the Middle East, higher interest rates, or the rise in inflation worldwide.

Our customers are engaged in research, development, production, and marketing of pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health products. The amount of customer spending on research, development, production, and marketing, as well as the outcomes of such research, development, and marketing activities, have a large impact on our sales and profitability,

29

particularly the amount our customers choose to spend on our offerings. Available resources, including funding for our biotechnology and other customers, the need to develop new products, and consolidation in the industries in which our customers operate may have an impact on such spending. Our customers and potential customers finance their research and development spending from private and public sources. A reduction in available financing for and spending by our customers, for these reasons or because of the direct or indirect lingering effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, inflation, higher interest rates, the Ukrainian-Russian war or other regional or global conflicts such as the war in Gaza, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If our customers are not successful in attaining or retaining product sales due to market conditions, reimbursement issues, or other factors, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We participate in a highly competitive market, and increased competition may adversely affect our business.

We operate in a market that is highly competitive. We compete with multiple companies as to each of our offerings and in every region of the globe in which we operate, including competing with other companies that offer advanced delivery technologies, outsourced dose form or biologics manufacturing, clinical trials support services, or development services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health companies globally. We also compete in some cases with the internal operations of those pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and consumer health customers that also have manufacturing capabilities and choose to source these services internally.

We face substantial competition in each of our markets. Competition is driven by proprietary technologies and know-how, capabilities, consistency of operational performance, quality, price, value, responsiveness, and speed. Some competitors have greater financial, research and development, operational, and marketing resources than we do. Competition may also increase as additional companies enter our markets or use their existing resources to compete directly with ours. Expanded competition from companies in low-cost jurisdictions, such as India and China, may in the future adversely affect our results of operations or limit our growth. Greater financial, research and development, operational, and marketing resources may allow our competitors to respond more quickly with strategic acquisitions, or with new, alternative, or emerging technologies. Changes in the nature or extent of our customers’ requirements may render our offerings obsolete or non-competitive and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to product and other liability risks that could exceed our anticipated costs or adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows.

We are subject to potentially significant product liability and other liability risks that are inherent in the design, development, manufacture, and marketing of our offerings. We may be named as a defendant in product liability lawsuits, which may allege that our offerings have resulted or could result in an unsafe condition or injury to consumers. Such lawsuits, even those without merit, could be costly to defend and could result in reduced sales, significant liabilities, adverse publicity, and diversion of management’s time, attention, and resources.

Furthermore, product liability claims and lawsuits, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business operations, financial condition, and reputation and on our ability to attract and retain customers. The availability of product liability insurance for companies in the pharmaceutical industry is generally more limited than insurance available to companies in other industries. We maintain product liability insurance with annual aggregate limits in excess of $25 million. There can be no assurance that a successful product liability or other claim would be adequately covered by our applicable insurance policies or by any applicable contractual indemnity or liability limitations.

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected by global health epidemics.

Any public health epidemic, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, may affect our operations and those of third parties on which we rely, including our customers and suppliers. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be affected by: disruptions in our customers’ abilities to fund, develop, or bring to market products as anticipated; delays in or disruptions to the conduct of clinical trials; cancellations of contracts or confirmed orders from our customers; decreased demand for categories of products in certain affected regions; governmental restrictions imposed to respond to the risks posed by any such epidemic; and inability, difficulty, or additional cost or delays in obtaining key raw materials, components, and other supplies from our existing supply chain; among other factors caused by a public health epidemic.

In addition, the impact of a public health epidemic could exacerbate other risks we face, including those described elsewhere in “Risk Factors.”

The services and offerings we provide are highly exacting and complex, and, if we encounter problems providing the services or support required, our business could suffer.

30

The offerings we provide are highly exacting and complex, due in part to complex and exacting manufacturing processes and strict regulatory requirements. From time to time, problems may arise in connection with facility operations or during preparation or provision of an offering, in both cases for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, equipment malfunction, sterility variances or failures, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with raw materials, environmental factors, and damage to, or loss of, manufacturing operations due to fire, flood, or similar causes. Such problems could affect production of a particular batch or series of batches, require the destruction of or otherwise result in the loss of product or materials used in the production of product, or could halt facility production altogether. This could, among other things, lead to increased costs, lost revenue, damage to customer relations, reimbursement to customers for lost active pharmaceutical ingredients or other related losses, time and expense spent investigating the cause, lost production time, and, depending on the cause, similar losses with respect to other batches or products. Production problems in our biologic manufacturing operations could be particularly significant because the cost of raw materials is often appreciably higher than in our other businesses. If problems are not discovered before the product is released to the market, recall and product liability costs may also be incurred. In addition, such risks may be greater at facilities that are new or going through significant expansion or renovation. The risks associated with running a highly complex facility doing exacting work with substantial regulatory oversight are enhanced for our larger sites, like our Bloomington, Indiana, Harmans, Maryland, St. Petersburg, Florida, or Swindon, U.K. sites, which generally generate much more revenue.

If we cannot keep pace with rapid technological advances, our services may become uncompetitive or obsolete, and our revenue and profitability may decline.

The healthcare industry is characterized by rapid technological change. Demand for our offerings may change in ways we may not anticipate because of evolving industry standards as well as a result of evolving customer needs that are increasingly sophisticated and varied and the introduction by others of new offerings and technologies that provide alternatives to our offerings. Several of our higher margin offerings are based on proprietary technologies. To the extent that such technologies are protected by patents, their related offerings may become subject to competition as the patents expire. Without the timely introduction of enhanced or new offerings and technologies, our offerings may become obsolete or uncompetitive over time, in which case our revenue and operating results would suffer. For example, if we are unable to respond to changes in the nature or extent of the technological or other needs of our pharmaceutical customers through enhancing our offerings, our competition may develop offerings that are more competitive than ours and we could find it more difficult to renew or expand existing agreements or obtain new agreements. Potential innovations intended to facilitate enhanced or new offerings generally will require a substantial investment before we can determine their commercial viability, and we may not obtain access to the innovations or have financial resources sufficient to fund all desired innovations.

Even if we succeed in creating or acquiring enhanced or new offerings from these innovations, they may still fail to result in commercially successful offerings or may not produce revenue in excess of the costs of development, and they may be rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of offerings embodying new technologies or features. Finally, innovations may not be accepted quickly in the marketplace because of, among other things, entrenched patterns of clinical practice, the need for regulatory clearance, and uncertainty over market access or government or third-party reimbursement.

Any failure to protect or maintain our intellectual property may adversely affect our competitive edge that we hold and result in loss of revenue or reputation.

We rely on a combination of know-how, trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions, and technical measures to protect many of our offerings and intangible assets. These proprietary rights are important to our ongoing operations. There can be no assurance that these protections will provide uniqueness or meaningful competitive differentiation in our offerings or otherwise be commercially valuable or that we will be successful in obtaining additional intellectual property or enforcing our intellectual property rights against unauthorized users. The exclusive rights underlying certain of our offerings are protected by patents, some of which will expire in the near term. When patents covering an offering expire, loss of exclusivity may occur, which may force us to compete with third parties, thereby negatively affecting our revenue and profitability.

The proprietary rights that we or our customers may hold in these offerings may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. We may in the future be subject to proceedings seeking to oppose or limit the scope of our patent applications or issued patents. In addition, in the future, we may need to take legal actions to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity or scope of the proprietary rights of others. Legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and the outcome of such proceedings may be unfavorable to us. Any legal action regardless of outcome might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

31

There can be no assurance that our confidentiality agreements will not be breached, our trade secrets will not otherwise become known by competitors, or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary information. Even if the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property is upheld, an adjudicator might construe our intellectual property not to cover the alleged infringement. In addition, intellectual property enforcement may be unavailable or practically ineffective in some countries. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our proprietary technology or that third parties will not design around our intellectual property claims to produce competitive offerings. The use of our technology or similar technology by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales, or otherwise harm our business.

While we continue to apply in the U.S. and certain other countries for registration of a number of trademarks, service marks, and patents, and also claim common law rights in various trademarks and service marks, there can be no assurance that third parties will not oppose our applications in the future. In addition, it is possible that in some cases we may be unable to obtain the registrations for trademarks, service marks, and patents for which we have applied, and a failure to obtain trademark and patent registrations in the U.S. or other countries could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and proprietary technologies and impede our marketing efforts in those jurisdictions.

License agreements with third parties control our rights to use certain patents, software, and information technology systems and proprietary technologies owned by third parties, some of which are important to our business. Termination of these license agreements for any reason could result in the loss of our rights to this intellectual property, causing an adverse change in our operations or the inability to commercialize certain offerings.

In addition, many of our branded pharmaceutical customers rely on patents to protect their products from generic competition. Because incentives exist in some countries, including the U.S., for generic pharmaceutical companies to challenge these patents, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are under the ongoing threat of challenges to their patents. If the patents on which our customers rely were successfully challenged and, as a result, the affected products become subject to generic competition, the market for our customers’ products could be significantly adversely affected, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We attempt to mitigate these risks by making our offerings available to generic as well as branded manufacturers and distributors, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in marketing these offerings.

Our offerings or our customers’ products may infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties.

From time to time, third parties have asserted intellectual property infringement claims against us and our customers, and there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against either us or our customers in the future. While we believe that our offerings do not infringe in any material respect upon proprietary rights of other parties, and that meritorious defenses would exist with respect to any assertion to the contrary, there can be no assurance that we could successfully avoid being found to infringe on the proprietary rights of others. Patent applications in the United States and certain other countries are generally not publicly disclosed until the patent is issued or published, and we and our customers may not be aware of currently filed patent applications that relate to our or their products, offerings, or processes. If patents later issue on these applications, we or they may be found liable for subsequent infringement. There has been substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries with respect to the manufacture, use, and sale of products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights.

Any claim that our offerings or processes infringe third-party intellectual property rights (including claims arising through our contractual indemnification of our customers), regardless of the claim’s merit or resolution, could be costly and may divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. We may not prevail against any such claim given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property matters. If any such claim results in an adverse outcome, we could, among other things, be required to: pay substantial damages (potentially including treble damages in the U.S.); cease the manufacture, use, or sale of the infringing offerings or processes; discontinue the use of the infringing technology; expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology; license technology from the third party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all; and lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others.

In addition, our customers’ products may be subject to claims of intellectual property infringement and such claims could materially affect our business if their products cease to be manufactured or they have to discontinue the use of the infringing technology.

32

Any of the foregoing could affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Events that diminish, tarnish, or otherwise damage our brand may have an adverse effect on our future financial condition and results of operations.

We have built a strong brand in “Catalent,” with high overall and generally favorable awareness of the brand in our established markets and with target customers. Our brand identity is a competitive advantage for us in sales and marketing, which is evidenced by our customer mix among top branded drug, generics, biologics, and consumer health marketers. We have spent and continue to spend substantial time, money, and other resources to establish both our brand awareness and a favorable perception of our brand in relevant markets. Among other strategies, we participate in major international trade shows in our established markets and ensure visibility into our offerings through a comprehensive print and on-line advertising and publicity program. It is possible that a single event, or aggregation of several events, may diminish, tarnish, or otherwise damage our brand and adversely affect our future financial condition and results of operations.

For example, meaningful interruptions to our ability to reliably supply one or more customers with products on time, whether as a result of supply chain disruptions, manufacturing delays or defects, or the need to address regulatory requirements at our facilities, may diminish our customers’ confidence in our ability to timely meet our commitments, thereby damaging our brand. In addition, we are subject to various local, state, federal, national, and transnational laws and regulations, including the operating, quality, and security standards of the FDA, the DEA, and similar bodies of the U.K., the E.U., and other comparable agencies around the world. Highly public or significant negative reports or findings from a regulatory agency with respect to one or more manufacturing or quality defects in our operations, inspections of our facilities, or other routine reviews could cause negative public perception of our operations, negatively impacting our brand, and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, many of the other risks we face, including those described elsewhere in “Risk Factors” could diminish, tarnish, or otherwise damage our brand.

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components of the products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw materials, and other supplies or equipment we need to run our business.

We depend on various active pharmaceutical ingredients, components, compounds, raw materials, and energy supplied primarily by third parties for our offerings. Our customers also frequently provide us with their active pharmaceutical or biologic ingredient for formulation or incorporation in the finished product and may supply other raw materials as well. It is possible that any of our or our customers’ supplier relationships could be interrupted due to changing regulatory requirements, import or export restrictions, natural disasters, international supply disruptions, including those caused by public health emergencies, wars, geopolitical issues, operational or quality issues at the suppliers’ facilities, and other events, or could be terminated in the future.

For example, gelatin, a critical component for manufacturing many of our softgel formats is only available from a limited number of sources. In addition, much of the gelatin we use is bovine-derived. Past concerns of contamination from bovine spongiform encephalopathy have narrowed the number of possible sources of particular types of gelatin. If there were a future disruption in the supply of gelatin or any other key raw material used to manufacture our products, we may not be able to obtain an adequate alternative supply. If future restrictions or other developments limit our ability to obtain a key material, any such restriction or development could hinder our ability to timely supply our customers with products, and the use of alternative material could be subject to lengthy and uncertain formulation, testing, and regulatory approval.

In addition, certain of our inputs are currently sole-sourced, so any disruption related to such a supplier is more likely to have an impact on our operations. Replacing a sole-source supplier of a production input to a medicine requiring marketing approval may be impossible or time-consuming, due to the rigorous standards we are obliged to apply to any new supplier.

Any sustained interruption in our receipt of adequate supplies could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, while we have processes intended to reduce volatility in component and material pricing, we may not be able to successfully manage price fluctuations, and future price fluctuations or shortages may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our goodwill has been subject to impairment and may be subject to further impairment in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, or future operating results.

33

We perform an annual goodwill impairment test for each reporting unit on April 1, or more frequently if indicators for potential impairment exist. Indicators that are considered include significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant negative industry or economic trends, or a significant decline in our stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained period of time. In addition, we assess the current and future economic outlook for our reporting units in our Pharma and Consumer Health and Biologics segments during the fiscal year. While we believe the assumptions used in determining whether there was impairment and the amount of any resulting impairment were reasonable and commensurate with the views of a market participant, changes in key assumptions in the future, including increasing the discount rate, lowering forecasts for revenue and operating margin, or lowering the long-term growth rate, could result in additional charges; similarly, one or more changes in these assumptions in future periods due to changes in circumstances could result in future impairments in this reporting unit or other reporting units. We have incurred impairment charges in the past, and we cannot predict if or when additional future goodwill impairments may occur. For example, for fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $210 million in the Consumer Health reporting unit within our Pharma and Consumer Health segment. In addition, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $687 million associated with the Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units in our Pharma and Consumer Health and Biologics segments, respectively. Any goodwill impairments could have material adverse effects on our operating income, net assets, or our cost of, or access to, capital, which could harm our business. See Note 4, Goodwill to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more details.

Changes in market access or healthcare reimbursement for, or public sentiment towards our customers’ products in the U. S. or internationally, or other changes in applicable policies regarding the healthcare industry, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition by affecting demand for our offerings.

The healthcare industry has changed significantly over time, and we expect the industry to continue to evolve. Some of these changes, such as ongoing healthcare reform, including with respect to reforming drug pricing, adverse changes in governmental or private funding of healthcare products and services, legislation or regulations governing patient access to care and privacy, or the delivery, pricing, or reimbursement approval of pharmaceuticals and healthcare services or mandated benefits, may cause healthcare industry participants to change the amount of our offerings that they purchase or the price they are willing to pay for these offerings. In particular, it is possible that future legislation in the U.S. may affect or put a cap on future pricing of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products. While we are unable to predict the likelihood of changes to U.S. and other international laws affecting pharmaceutical and biotechnology products, any substantial revision of applicable healthcare legislation could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our customers’ products, which in turn could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or business. Changes in the healthcare industry’s pricing, selling, inventory, distribution, or supply policies or practices, or in public or government sentiment for the industry as a whole, could also significantly reduce our revenue and results of operations. In particular, volatility in individual product demand may result from changes in public or private payer reimbursement or coverage.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We have generated net operating losses (“NOLs”) (and acquired affiliates with pre-existing NOLs) or certain other tax attributes that have been, and continue to be, used to reduce taxable income. In the case of our NOL carryforwards (and new NOLs that may arise), they may be subject to a substantial limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and comparable provisions of state, local, and foreign tax laws due to changes in ownership of our company that may occur in the future. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable provisions of state, local, and foreign tax laws, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change by value in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to carry forward its pre-change NOLs to reduce its post-change income may be limited. In addition, we acquired companies that generated pre-acquisition NOLs for tax purposes that will also be subject to limitation under Section 382 and comparable provisions of state, local, and foreign tax laws. We may experience ownership changes in the future because of future changes in our stock ownership. As a result, our ability to use NOL carryforwards to reduce U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign taxable income, we produce in the future years may be subject to limitations, which could result in increased future tax liability to us.

Changes to the estimated future profitability of the business may require that we establish an additional valuation allowance against all or some portion of our net deferred tax assets.

We have deferred tax assets for NOL carryforwards, certain other tax attributes, and other temporary differences. We currently maintain a valuation allowance for a portion of our U.S. net deferred tax assets and certain foreign net deferred tax assets. It is possible we may experience a decline in U.S. and foreign taxable income resulting from a decline in profitability of our relevant operations, an increased level of debt in the U.S., or other factors. In assessing our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, we may conclude that it is more likely than not that some additional portion or all our deferred tax assets will not be

34

realized. As a result, we may be required to record an additional valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and therefore our financial results.

We depend on key personnel, and, if we are unable to attract, retain and motivate well-qualified employees, our business could be harmed.

We depend on our executive officers and other key personnel, including our technical personnel, to operate and grow our business and to develop new and enhanced offerings and technologies. The loss of any of these officers or other key personnel or a failure to attract and retain suitably skilled technical personnel could adversely affect our operations. In addition to our executive officers, we rely on more than 130 senior employees to lead and direct our business. Our senior leadership team is comprised of our subsidiaries’ executive officers and other vice presidents and directors who hold critical positions and possess specialized talents and capabilities that give us a competitive advantage in the market. Any change in our senior leadership team in particular, even in the ordinary course of business, may be disruptive to our business. While we seek to manage these transitions carefully, such changes may result in a loss of institutional knowledge and cause disruptions to our business and new executive hires may fail to achieve any anticipated benefits. If our senior leadership team fails to work together effectively or execute our plans and strategies on a timely basis as a result of management turnover or otherwise, our business could be harmed. In addition, we employ more than 3,100 scientists and technicians whose areas of expertise and specialization cover subjects such as advanced delivery, biologics and gene and cell therapy formulation and manufacturing. Many of our sites and laboratories are located in competitive labor markets; therefore, global and regional competitors and, in some cases, customers and suppliers compete for the same skills and talent as we do. If we are unable to hire and retain sufficient qualified employees, our ability to conduct and expand our business could be meaningfully reduced.

We may acquire businesses and offerings that complement or expand our business or divest non-strategic businesses or assets. We may not be able to complete desired transactions, and such transactions, if executed, pose significant risks, including risks relating to our ability to successfully and efficiently integrate acquisitions or execute on dispositions and realize anticipated benefits therefrom. The failure to execute or realize the full benefits from any such transaction could have a negative effect on our operations and profitability.

Our future success may depend in part on opportunities to buy or otherwise acquire rights to other businesses or technologies, enter into joint ventures or otherwise enter into strategic arrangements with business partners that could complement, enhance, or expand our current business or offerings and services or that might otherwise offer us growth opportunities, or divest assets or an ongoing business. We face competition from other companies in pursuing acquisitions and similar transactions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. Our ability to complete transactions may also be limited by applicable antitrust and trade laws and regulations in the U.S. and other jurisdictions in which we or the operations or assets we seek to acquire carry on business. To the extent that we are successful in making acquisitions, we expend substantial amounts of cash, incur debt, or assume loss-making divisions as consideration. We or the purchaser of a divested asset or business may not be able to complete a desired transaction for any number of reasons, including a failure to secure financing.

Any acquisition that we are able to identify and complete may involve a number of risks, including, but not limited to, the diversion of management’s attention to integrate the acquired businesses or joint ventures, the possible adverse effects on our operating results during the integration process, the potential loss of customers or employees in connection with the acquisition, delays or reduction in realizing expected synergies, unexpected liabilities, and our potential inability to achieve our intended objectives for the transaction. In addition, we may be unable to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures, and policies, which may lead to operational inefficiencies.

To the extent that we are not successful in completing desired divestitures, we may have to expend cash, incur debt, or continue to absorb the costs of loss-making or under-performing divisions. Any divestiture, whether we complete it or not, may involve numerous risks, including diversion of management’s attention, a negative impact on our customer relationships, costs associated with maintaining its business during the disposition process, and the costs of closing and disposing of the affected business or transferring remaining portions of the operations of the business to other facilities.

We provide services incorporating various advanced modalities, including protein and plasmid production and cell and gene therapies, and these modalities relate to relatively new modes of treatment that may be subject to changing public opinion, continuing research, and increased regulatory scrutiny, each of which may affect our customers’ abilities to conduct their businesses or obtain regulatory approvals for their therapies, and thereby adversely affect these offerings.

Cell and gene therapy, with or without the use of iPSCs or plasmids, remain relatively new means for treating disease and other medical conditions, with only a few cell and gene therapies approved to date in the U.S., the E.U., or elsewhere. Public perception may be influenced by claims that cell or gene therapies are unsafe, and cell or gene therapy may not gain the

35

acceptance of the public or the medical community. In addition, ethical, social, legal, and cost-benefit concerns about cell or gene therapy, genetic testing, genetic research, and the use of stem cells or materials derived from viruses could result in additional regulations or limitations or even outright prohibitions on certain cell or gene therapies or related products. Various regulatory and legislative bodies have expressed an interest in, or have taken steps towards, further regulation of various biotechnologies, including cell and gene therapies. More restrictive regulations or claims that certain cell or gene therapies are unsafe or pose a hazard could reduce our customers’ use of our services. We can provide no assurance whether legislative changes will be enacted, regulations, policies, or guidance changed, or interpretations of existing strictures by agencies or courts changed, or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

We may become subject to litigation, other proceedings, and government investigations relating to us or our operations, and the ultimate outcome of any such matter may have an impact on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may become subject to litigation or government investigations in the U.S and foreign jurisdictions that may arise from the conduct of our business. We generally intend to defend ourselves vigorously against any litigation proceeding or government investigation; however, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any legal proceedings or investigations that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in, among other things, the payment of significant fines, judgments, penalties or settlements, the imposition of administrative remedies, changes and additional costs to our business operations to avoid risks associated with such litigation or investigations, reputational damage and decreased demand for our products, and the expenditure of significant time and resources that would otherwise be available for operating our business, all of which may have an impact on our business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations.

We are subject to environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, which could increase our costs or restrict our operations in the future.

Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, including those of the EPA, OSHA, and equivalent local, state, and national regulatory agencies in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Any failure by us to comply with environmental, health, and safety requirements could result in the limitation or suspension of production or subject us to monetary fines, civil or criminal sanctions, or other future liabilities in excess of our reserves. In particular, we are subject to laws and regulations governing the destruction and disposal of raw materials, byproducts of our manufacturing operations, and non-compliant products, the handling of regulated material included in our offerings, and the disposal of our products or their components at the end of their useful lives. In addition, compliance with environmental, health, and safety requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire costly environmental or safety control equipment, incur other significant expenses, or modify our manufacturing processes. Our manufacturing facilities may use, in varying degrees, hazardous substances in their processes. These substances include, among others, chlorinated solvents, and in the past chlorinated solvents were used at one or more of our facilities, including a number we no longer own or operate. As at our current facilities, contamination at such formerly owned or operated properties can result and has resulted in liability to us. In the event of the discovery of new or previously unknown contamination either at our facilities, facilities we acquire in the future, or at third-party locations, including facilities we formerly owned or operated, the issuance of additional requirements with respect to existing contamination, or the imposition of other cleanup obligations for which we are responsible, we may be required to take additional, unplanned remedial measures for which we have not recorded reserves. We are conducting monitoring and cleanup of contamination at certain facilities currently or formerly owned or operated by us, and such activities may result in unanticipated costs or management distraction.

We are subject to labor and employment laws and regulations, which could increase our costs and restrict our operations in the future.

We have approximately 16,900 individuals providing services for us worldwide, including approximately 9,600 service providers in North America, 5,800 in Europe, 900 in South America, and 600 in the Asia-Pacific region. Certain employees at one of our North American facilities are represented by a labor organization, and national works councils or labor organizations are active at our European facilities and certain of our other facilities consistent with local labor environments and laws. Our management believes that our employee relations are satisfactory. However, further organizing activities, collective bargaining, or changes in the regulatory framework for employment may increase our employment-related costs or may result in work stoppages or other labor disruptions. Moreover, as employers are subject to various employment-related claims, such as individual and class actions relating to alleged employment discrimination and wage-hour and labor standards issues, such actions, if brought against us and successful in whole or in part, may affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

36

We have partnered with, and may continue to partner with, companies that focus on the development of cannabis-based prescription medicines and cannabinoid drug therapies solely to the extent such companies’ programs comply with all U.S. and non-U.S. equivalent laws, which is a business that attracts a high-level of public and media interest and an industry in which laws and regulations are constantly evolving.

We have partnered with, and may continue to partner with, companies that focus on the development of cannabis-based prescription medicines and high-value cannabinoid drug therapies, which may attract a high-level of public and media interest, and in the event of any resultant adverse publicity, our reputation may be harmed. In addition, the constant evolution of laws and regulations affecting the research and development of cannabinoid-based pharmaceutical products and treatments could detrimentally affect our business. Laws and regulations related to the therapeutic uses of cannabinoids are subject to changing interpretations. These changes may require us to incur costs associated with legal and compliance fees and ultimately require us to alter our business plan. Furthermore, violations or alleged violation of these laws could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our operations. We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications of laws and regulations and it is possible that new laws and regulations may be enacted in the future that will be directly applicable to our business. In addition, regulatory approval of product candidates that contain controlled substances may generate public controversy or scrutiny. Adverse publicity from misuse or adverse side effects of cannabis-based prescription medicines may adversely affect the commercial success or market penetration achievable by such product candidates which could result in an adverse effect on our operations.

Certain of our pension plans are underfunded, and additional cash contributions we may make to increase the funding level will reduce the cash available for our business, such as the payment of our interest expense.

Certain of our current and former employees in the U.S., the U.K., Germany, France, Japan, Belgium, and Switzerland are participants in defined benefit pension plans that we sponsor. As of June 30, 2024, the underfunded amount of our pension plans on a worldwide basis was $43 million, primarily related to our pension plans in the U.K. and Germany. In addition, we have an estimated obligation of $38 million, as of June 30, 2024, related to our withdrawal from a multiemployer pension plan in which we formerly participated. In general, the amount of future contributions to the underfunded plans will depend upon asset returns, applicable actuarial assumptions, prevailing and expected interest rates, and other factors, and, as a result, the amount we may be required to contribute in the future to fund the obligations associated with such plans may vary. Such cash contributions to the plans will reduce the cash available for our business, including the funds available to pursue strategic growth initiatives or the payment of interest expense on our indebtedness.

Our global operations are subject to economic and political risks, including risks resulting from continuing inflation, disruptions to global supply chains, destabilization of a regional or national banking system, from the Ukrainian-Russian war, or the effect of the evolving nature of the recent war in Gaza between Israel and Hamas and conflict in the Middle East, which could affect the profitability of our operations or require costly changes to our procedures.

We conduct our operations in various regions of the world, including North America, South America, Europe, and the Asia-Pacific region. Global and regional economic and political developments affect businesses such as ours in many ways. Our operations are subject to the effects of global and regional competition. Our global operations are also affected by local economic environments, including inflation, recession, and changes to the availability of capital our customers may need to continue or expand their business with us. Political changes, some of which may be disruptive, and related hostilities can interfere with our supply chain, our customers, and some or all of our activities in a particular location. While some of these risks can be hedged using derivatives or other financial instruments and some are insurable, such mitigating measures may be unavailable, costly, or unsuccessful.

Beginning in fiscal 2022, much of the world, including the U.S. and the E.U., began to experience inflation levels not seen in more than 30 years. As a result, prices for many of our inputs have risen, in some cases dramatically. If inflation stays at elevated levels or increases, we may not be able to mitigate the impact of the increased costs we will bear through corresponding price increases to our customers, which could have an impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

The outbreak of hostilities between Israel and Hamas and conflict in the Middle East has the potential for further disruption of economic markets, particularly if the war expands to include other state actors. The Company has no operations in the Middle East at the current time. However, events there could result in political turmoil in Europe, which could directly affect our operations there, and could also adversely affect the business that we conduct with customers in the Middle East and other parts of the world. Also, the turmoil in the Middle East could have global economic effects that are the same as or more severe than those of the war in the Ukraine, with similar consequences for our business.

37

As a global enterprise, fluctuations in the exchange rates of the U.S. dollar, our reporting currency, against other currencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and results of operations.

As a company with significant operations outside of the U.S., certain revenues, costs, assets, and liabilities, including our euro-denominated 2.375% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”), are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which is the currency that we use to report our financial results. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these or any other applicable currency to the U.S. dollar will affect our revenues, earnings, and cash flows. There has been, and may continue to be, volatility in currency exchange rates affecting the various currencies in which we do business. Such volatility and other changes in exchange rates could result in unrealized and realized exchange losses, despite any effort we may undertake to manage or mitigate our exposure to fluctuations in the values of various currencies.

Tax legislative or regulatory initiatives, new interpretations or developments concerning existing tax laws, or challenges to our tax positions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are a large multinational enterprise with operations in the U.S. and more than a dozen other countries across North and South America, Europe, and the Asia-Pacific region, and we do business with suppliers and customers in many additional regions. As such, we are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the U.S. federal, state, and local governments and of many jurisdictions outside of the U.S. From time to time, various legislative initiatives may be proposed that could adversely affect our tax positions, and existing legislation may be subject to additional regulatory changes or new interpretations. There can be no assurance that our effective tax rate or tax payments will not be adversely affected by these initiatives.

In addition, U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign tax laws and regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. We are subject to regular examination of our income tax returns by various tax authorities. Examinations or changes in laws, rules, regulations, or interpretations by taxing authorities could result in adverse impacts to tax years open under statute or to our operating structures currently in place. It is possible that the outcomes from these examinations or changes in laws, rules, regulations, or interpretations by taxing authorities will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We use advanced information and communication systems to run our operations, compile and analyze financial and operational data, and communicate among our employees, customers, and counterparties, and the risks generally associated with information and communications systems could adversely affect our results of operations. We continuously work to install new, and upgrade existing, systems and provide employee awareness training around phishing, malware, and other cyber security risks to enhance the protections available to us, but such protections may be inadequate to address malicious attacks or inadvertent compromises affecting data security or the operability of such systems.

We rely on information systems in our business to obtain, process, analyze, and manage data to:

•facilitate the manufacture and distribution of thousands of inventory items in, to, and from our facilities;

•receive, process, and ship orders on a timely basis;

•manage the accurate billing and collections for more than one thousand customers;

•create, compile, and retain testing and other product-, manufacturing-, or facility-related data necessary for meeting our and our customers’ regulatory obligations.

•manage the accurate accounting and payment for thousands of vendors and our employees;

•schedule and operate our global network of development, manufacturing, and packaging facilities;

•document various aspects of our activities, including the agreements we make with suppliers and customers;

•compile financial and other operational data into reports necessary to manage our business and comply with various regulatory or contractual obligations, including obligations under our bank loans and other indebtedness, the federal securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable state, local, and ex-U.S. tax laws; and communicate among our nearly 16,900 workers spread across dozens of facilities over four continents.

We face various security threats on a regular basis, including ongoing cyber security threats to and attacks on our information technology infrastructure. We deploy defenses against such threats and attacks and work to secure the integrity of our data systems using techniques, hardware, and software typical of companies of our size and scope. Despite our security measures, however, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by increasingly sophisticated intruders or others who try to cause harm to or interfere with our normal use of our systems. They are also susceptible to breach due to employee error, malfeasance, or other disruptions. Our suppliers, contractors, service providers, and other third parties with whom we do business also experience cyber threats and attacks that are similar in frequency and sophistication. In many cases, we have to rely on the controls and safeguards put in place by our suppliers, contractors, service providers, and other third parties to defend against, respond to, and report these attacks. We cannot know the potential impact of future cyber incidents, which vary widely in severity and scale. There can be no assurance that the various procedures and controls we

38

utilize to mitigate these threats will be sufficient to prevent disruptions to our systems, in part because (i) cyber-attack techniques change frequently and, at times, new techniques are not recognized until launched, and (ii) cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if these systems are interrupted or damaged or fail for any extended period.

Efforts by governments around the world or our customers to secure or promote the benefits of locally produced supplies, as well as other risks associated with foreign operations, may render the locations of certain of our facilities less desirable, affecting their utilization rates and therefore our profitability, financial condition, or results of operations.

We serve more than 1,200 customers in more than 80 countries, with 36% of our fiscal 2024 net revenue coming from outside the U.S., and we operate facilities in more than a dozen U.S. states and more than a dozen countries outside the U.S. The global nature of our sales and operations subjects us to risks, including risks arising from efforts by governments around the world or our customers to secure or promote the benefits of locally produced supplies, higher import duties in some countries that may favor locally produced supplies, the differing impacts of varying economic conditions in different jurisdictions, changes in tariffs and trade relations, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, certification requirements, environmental regulations, reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries, potentially adverse tax consequences, and political and economic instability. If one or more of these risks is realized, it could have a material adverse impact on our utilization rates for certain of our facilities, and therefore our profitability, financial condition, or results of operations.

Artificial intelligence-based platforms present new risks and challenges to our business.

Artificial intelligence, or AI, based platforms are increasingly being used in the biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer health industries. We are committed to providing a safe and secure environment for our personnel, our business partners, and our customers, including the responsible use of AI chatbots and generative AI data processor products (“AI Systems”). We have developed policies governing the use of AI Systems to help reasonably ensure that such AI Systems are used in a trustworthy manner by our employees, contractors, and authorized agents and that our assets, including intellectual property, competitive information, personal information we may collect or process, and customer information, are protected. Any failure by our personnel, contractors, or other agents to adhere to our established policies could violate confidentiality obligations or applicable laws and regulations, jeopardize our intellectual property rights, cause or contribute to unlawful discrimination, or result in the misuse of personally identifiable information or the injection of malware into our systems, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The use of AI Systems by our business partners with access to our confidential information, including trade secrets, may continue to increase and could lead to the release of such information, which could negatively impact us, including our ability to realize the benefits of our intellectual property. The use of AI Systems by our business partners may lead to novel and urgent cybersecurity risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and reputation as well as the operations of any of our business partners. We may also face increased competition from other companies that are using AI Systems, some of whom may develop more effective methods than we and any of our business partners have, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. In addition, uncertainties regarding developing legal and regulatory requirements and standards may require significant resources to modify and maintain business practices to comply with U.S. and non-U.S. laws concerning the use of AI and AI Systems, the nature of which cannot be determined at this time.

Our cash, cash equivalents, and financial investments could be adversely affected if the financial institutions in which we hold our cash, cash equivalents, and financial investments fail.

We regularly maintain cash balances at third-party financial institutions in excess of the insurance limit of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and other countries’ deposit insurance systems.

The FDIC took control and was appointed receiver of Silicon Valley Bank and New York Signature Bank (collectively, the “Failed Banks”) on March 10, 2023 and March 12, 2023, respectively. We do not have any direct exposure to either of the Failed Banks. However, if banks and financial institutions where we maintain large cash balances, cash equivalents, or financial investments enter receivership or become insolvent in the future in response to financial conditions affecting the banking system and financial markets, our ability to access our existing cash, cash equivalents, and financial investments could be threatened and may have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations. Moreover, events such as the closure of large regional or national banks like the Failed Banks, in addition to other global macroeconomic conditions, may cause further turbulence and uncertainty in the capital markets.

39

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

The size of our indebtedness and the obligations associated with it could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry or to deploy capital to grow our business, expose us to interest-rate risk to the extent of our variable-rate debt, or prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness. These risks may be increased in a recessionary environment, particularly as sources of capital may become less available or more expensive.

As of June 30, 2024, on a consolidated basis, we had $4.91 billion (U.S. dollar equivalent) of total indebtedness outstanding, consisting of $2.00 billion of secured indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities and $2.91 billion of senior unsecured indebtedness, including $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.000% U.S. dollar-denominated Senior Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”), €825 million aggregate principal amount of the 2028 Notes, $550 million aggregate principal amount of U.S. dollar-denominated 3.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), and $650 million aggregate principal amount of U.S. dollar-denominated 3.500% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “2030 Notes” and, together with the 2027 Notes, the 2028 Notes, and the 2029 Notes, the “Senior Notes”). As of June 30, 2024, we also held $332 million in finance lease obligations. We also had the ability to incur significant additional indebtedness, including via $1.1 billion of unutilized capacity under our $1.10 billion secured revolving credit facility, which part of our senior secured credit facilities (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) due to $4 million of outstanding letters of credit.

The multi-billion-dollar size of our indebtedness could have important consequences for us, including:

•increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry, or competitive developments;

•exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;

•exposing us to the risk of fluctuations in exchange rates because of our euro-denominated notes;

•making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in one or more events of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness or, through cross-defaults, in agreements governing other indebtedness;

•restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or capital investments or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

•limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes;

•limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less indebtedness relative to their size and who, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our higher level of indebtedness prevents us from exploiting; and

•limiting the types of investors who are willing to invest in our Common Stock, as certain investors prefer to invest in companies with lower levels of indebtedness relative to other financial metrics.

Our total interest expense, net was $254 million, $186 million, and $123 million for fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. After taking into consideration our ratio of fixed-to-floating-rate debt, including as a result of our June 2023 amendment to our interest-rate swap agreement with Bank of America N.A., and assuming that the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) is above any applicable minimum floor, each change of 50 basis points in interest rates would result in a change of $9 million in annual interest expense on the indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities.

Our interest expense may continue to increase as policymakers combat the inflation that has taken hold since fiscal 2022 through interest-rate increases on benchmark financial products that can affect the interest rates on our variable-rate debt.

The size of our indebtedness, alone or combined with volatility in our reported financial results, may cause suppliers or customers to opt not to do business with us or to do so under less attractive terms, or render it more costly or time-consuming to secure supplies or attract customers, which could affect our financial condition and results of operations.

There can be no assurance as to the effect that the size of our indebtedness, alone or combined with volatility in our reported financial results, will have on our relationships with our suppliers or customers. To the extent that the size of our indebtedness, alone or combined with volatility in our reported financial results, results in the tightening of payment or credit terms, increases in the price of supplied goods, or the loss of one or more major suppliers or customers, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, or results of operations.

40

Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries are still capable of incurring significant additional debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that we may incur while remaining in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In addition, as of June 30, 2024, we had approximately $1.10 billion available to us for borrowing, subject to certain conditions, under our Revolving Credit Facility. If new debt is added to the current debt levels for which we or our subsidiaries are responsible, the risks associated with debt we currently face would increase.

Our interest expense on our variable-rate debt may continue to increase if and to the extent that policymakers combat inflation through interest-rate increases on benchmark financial products.

Borrowings under our variable-rate debt are at variable rates of interest and are based upon benchmarks that are subject to potential change or elimination, and therefore expose us to interest-rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our variable-rate debt will increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit the ability of Operating Company and those of its subsidiaries to which these covenants apply (which Operating Company’s Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”) calls “restricted subsidiaries”) to, among other things:

•incur additional indebtedness and issue certain preferred stock;

•pay certain dividends on, repurchase, or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments;

•pay distributions from restricted subsidiaries;

•issue or sell capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

•guarantee certain indebtedness;

•make certain investments;

•sell or exchange certain assets;

•enter into transactions with affiliates;

•create certain liens; and

•consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross-default provisions, and, in the case of our Revolving Credit Facility, permit the lenders to cease making loans to us.

Despite the limitations in our debt agreements, we retain the ability to take certain actions that may interfere with our ability to timely pay our substantial indebtedness.

The covenants in the Credit Agreement and in the several indentures governing our Senior Notes (collectively, the “Indentures”) contain various exceptions to the limitations they otherwise impose on our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to take the various actions described in the prior risk factor. For example, if the Senior Notes have investment-grade ratings and we are not in default under these agreements, certain of these covenants will not apply, including the covenants restricting certain dividends and other payments, the covenants concerning the incurrence of indebtedness, and the covenants limiting guarantees of indebtedness by our restricted subsidiaries. In addition, the covenants restricting dividends and other distributions by us, purchases or redemption of certain equity securities, and prepayment, redemption, or repurchase of any subordinated indebtedness are subject to various exceptions.

We may not be able to pay our indebtedness when it becomes due.

Our ability to pay principal and interest on our variable-rate debt and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:

41

•our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry, and competitive conditions and financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors, many of which are beyond our control; and

•our future ability to borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility, the availability of which depends on, among other things, our complying with applicable covenants in our Credit Agreement.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that we will be able to draw under the Revolving Credit Facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs, including the payment of principal and interest on the Senior Notes, our term loans, our existing borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility, and our other debt obligations. If our cash flows and other capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value, on a timely basis to meet our needs, or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any or all such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our indebtedness, we will be in default, and, as a result of existing “cross-default” terms in our indebtedness or otherwise, all outstanding principal and interest may be declared to be due and payable, the lenders under our variable-rate debt could terminate their commitments to loan money, our secured lenders (including the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities or the holders of the Senior Notes) could foreclose against the assets securing their loans and the Senior Notes, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

We are currently using and may in the future use derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable-rate indebtedness or changes in currency exchange rates, and any such instrument may expose us to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments.

We have executed and may enter into additional or new interest-rate swap agreements, currency swap agreements, or other hedging transactions in an attempt to limit our exposure to adverse changes in variable interest rates and currency exchange rates. Such instruments may result in economic losses if, for example, prevailing interest rates decline to a point lower than any applicable fixed-rate commitment. Any such swap will expose us to credit-related risks that, if realized, could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

We do not presently maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures due to a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Material weaknesses have in the past resulted in the revision of our financial statements. If we fail to remediate this material weakness, or if any other material weakness or significant deficiency is identified in the future of if we otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, material misstatements in our financial statements could result, and, as in the past, we could fail to timely meet our periodic reporting obligations.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to determine the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing, and possible remediation if a weakness or deficiency is identified. Annually, we perform activities that include reviewing, documenting, and testing our internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to achieve and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control has resulted in, and in the future could result in, misstated consolidated financial statements and restatements of previously issued financial statements related to prior periods and delays or a failure to meet our reporting obligations, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and could lead to a decline in our stock price. Additionally, ineffective or inadequate disclosures and internal control could expose us to increased risk of misuse of corporate assets or fraud, or subject us to litigation, regulatory investigations, or civil or criminal sanctions, including by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, or potential delisting from the NYSE or any other stock exchange on which we may list our Common Stock in the future.

42

As discussed below in “Item 9A. – Controls and Procedures,” due to certain inadequacies of our internal control over financial reporting, we have not been able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting in accordance with legal requirements. For example, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, management identified a material weakness in internal control related to inventory consumption and valuation at our Bloomington, Indiana facility. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Due to this material weakness in internal control over financial reporting, we concluded that, as of June 30, 2024, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective and that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting.

Management is actively engaged in the implementation of remediation efforts to address our remaining material weakness and control deficiencies. However, we may not be successful in promptly remediating these material weakness or be able to identify and remediate any additional control deficiency, including any material weakness, that may arise in the future. Management is currently unable to conclude, and may not be able to conclude in future periods, that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective due to the effects of various factors, which may, in part, include unremediated material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting. If not remediated, any failure to establish and maintain effective disclosure control and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting and financial obligations, each of which could have a material adverse effect on the confidence that stockholders, customers, or suppliers have in our financial reporting, which could materially harm our business, our financial condition, or the trading price of our Common Stock.

For further discussion of our material weakness, see “Item 9A. – Controls and Procedures.”

Our stock price has historically been and may continue to be volatile, and a holder of shares of our Common Stock may not be able to resell such shares at or above the price such stockholder paid, or at all, and could lose all or part of such investment as a result.

The trading price of our Common Stock has been and continues to be volatile. For the three years ended June 30, 2024, our Common Stock price as quoted on the NYSE traded at a high of $142.64 on September 9, 2021 and a low of $31.45 on May 15, 2023. The trading price of our Common Stock may be adversely affected by any one or more of several factors, such as those listed above in “—Risks Relating to Our Pending Merger with Novo Holdings”, “—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry in Which We Operate” and the following:

•results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

•results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

•changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts or investors;

•declines in the market prices of stocks generally, or those of pharmaceutical or other healthcare companies;

•strategic actions by us or our competitors;

•announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments;

•changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets, such as increased inflation;

•changes in business or regulatory conditions or regulatory actions taken with respect to our business or the business of any of our competitors or customers;

•future sales of our Common Stock or other securities we may issue in the future;

•investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our Common Stock relative to other investment alternatives;

•any decision by securities analysts to not publish research or reports about our business or to downgrade our stock or our sector;

•additions or departures of key personnel;

•the public response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with or information furnished to the SEC;

•announcements relating to or developments in litigation, including shareholder lawsuits;

•guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any change in this guidance, or any failure to meet this guidance;

•the availability of an active trading market for our Common Stock;

•public response to changes in the COVID-19 pandemic and public perceptions as to the need for manufacture of certain COVID-19-related products and our role in the successful manufacture of such products;

43

•changes in the accounting principles we use to record our results or our application of these principles to our business; and

•other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, hostilities, the war in Ukraine, acts of terrorism, geopolitical activity, public health crises, including pandemics, or responses to these events.

Broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float or trading volume of our Common Stock is low, and the amount of public float on any given day can vary depending on the individual actions of our stockholders.

Following periods of market volatility, stockholders have been known to institute securities class action litigation in an attempt to recover any resulting loss. In February 2023, a complaint styled City of Warwick Retirement System v. Catalent, Inc., et al., No. 23-cv-01108, was filed in New Jersey federal court against us and three of our then-officers purportedly on behalf of a putative “class” consisting of persons who purchased or otherwise acquired our securities between August 30, 2021 and October 31, 2022, inclusive, and on September 15, 2023, the Warwick complaint was amended (together with the original complaint, the “Warwick Complaint”), which expanded the class period to between August 30, 2021 and May 7, 2023, inclusive. The complaint purports to assert claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, alleging that, unbeknownst to investors, the defendants purportedly engaged in accounting and channel stuffing schemes to pad our revenue and failed to disclose adverse facts that purportedly were known to or recklessly disregarded by defendants. See “Item 3 - Legal Proceedings” and Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. This litigation, and any additional securities litigation, could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of senior management from our business regardless of the outcomes of such litigation.

Because we have no plan to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future, receiving a return on an investment in our Common Stock may require a sale for a net price greater than what was paid for it.

We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plan to pay any cash dividend on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future. Any future decision to pay a dividend in respect of our Common Stock, and the amount and timing of any such dividend, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account, when deciding whether or how to pay a dividend, such factors as they may deem relevant, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, possible future alternative deployments of our cash, our future capital requirements, and contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our holders of shares of our Common Stock or by our subsidiaries to us. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants in the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness and may be limited by covenants of any future indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, a holder of a share of our Common Stock may not receive any return on such investment unless it is sold for a price greater than that which was paid for it, taking into account any applicable commission or other costs of acquisition or sale.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our Common Stock, by us or our existing stockholders could cause the market price for our Common Stock to decline.

The sale of shares of our Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Common Stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

The market price of shares of our Common Stock could drop significantly if the holders of our Common Stock sell their shares or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of shares of our equity securities that we wish to issue. In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions or to pay down debt. The number of shares of our Common Stock issued or issuable as a result could constitute a material portion of then-outstanding shares of our Common Stock, subject to limitations on issuance of new shares imposed by the NYSE (including any applicable requirement for stockholder approval) or restrictions set forth in the agreements governing our indebtedness. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments, acquisitions, or otherwise may result in dilution to the holders of shares of our Common Stock.

We are no longer eligible to use the Form S-3 registration statement, which could impair our capital-raising activities.

As a result of our failure to timely file our periodic reports with the SEC, we are no longer eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement. As a result of our late 10-Q filing, we are also no longer a “well-known seasoned issuer,” as such term is used in the SEC's regulations, which otherwise would allow us to, among other things, file automatically effective shelf

44

registration statements. Our eligibility to use a Form S-3 registration statement may not be restored until December 1, 2024, and then only if we have not had any other filing delinquency that would preclude Form S-3 eligibility and satisfy all other requirements for Form S-3 eligibility. During any period when we are not eligible to use Form S-3 or qualify as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” our capital raising ability may be impaired. Under these circumstances, we will be required to use a registration statement on Form S-1 to register securities with the SEC, which could hinder our ability to act quickly in raising capital to take advantage of market conditions in our capital-raising activities and may increase our cost of raising capital. Further, the expenses associated with raising capital using Form S-1 are generally greater than those associated with using Form S-3.

Provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.

Certain provisions of our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that may otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, including transactions that might otherwise result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.

These provisions provide for, among other things:

•the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock;

•advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings (though our board of directors has implemented shareholder proxy access); and

•certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings.

Provisions such as those just described, to the extent that they remain in effect, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C.    CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We have established an enterprise cybersecurity program to assess, identify, and manage cybersecurity risks with the aim that our information systems, including those of our vendors and other third parties, will be resilient, effective, and capable of safeguarding against emerging risks and cybersecurity threats.

Our cybersecurity program is aligned with the NIST-Cybersecurity Framework (NIST CSF v2), which provides a structured approach to inform, design, and evaluate our program. Consistent with this framework, we have established cybersecurity policies, standards, and processes designed to manage cybersecurity risks, including risks from cybersecurity threats associated with the Company's use of third-party service providers. Key elements of our cybersecurity program include: employee cybersecurity training, including required annual certification; identification of potential vulnerabilities through external threat intelligence feeds, scanning of our technology environment, and vendor and third-party risk assessments; an incident response plan and team that is intended to allow rapid management, response, and appropriate communication of cybersecurity incidents; and a cybersecurity operations center with support from a third party managed service provider (MSSP) to respond to threats and incidents.

When a potential threat or incident is identified, our cybersecurity incident response team will assign a risk level classification and initiate the escalation and other steps called for by our plan. All incidents that are initially assessed by the cybersecurity incident response team as potentially high-risk are escalated promptly to our chief information security officer (CISO) and chief information officer (CIO). Our CISO, CIO, and key leaders will determine whether and what elements of our cybersecurity incident response plan should be activated, including escalation to our Executive Committee and/or members of our Board of Directors as appropriate, considering a variety of factors, including financial, operational, legal or reputational impact.

Based on the information available as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are not aware of risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected or are

45

reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. Despite our security measures, however, there can be no assurance that we, or the third parties with which we interact, will not experience a cybersecurity incident in the future that may materially affect us. For additional information, please refer to the discussion under the heading, “We use advanced information and communication systems to run our operations, compile and analyze financial and operational data, and communicate among our employees, customers, and counterparties, and the risks generally associated with information and communications systems could adversely affect our results of operations. We continuously work to install new, and upgrade existing, systems and provide employee awareness training around phishing, malware, and other cyber security risks to enhance the protections available to us, but such protections may be inadequate to address malicious attacks or inadvertent compromises affecting data security or the operability of such systems” included in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which disclosure is incorporated by reference herein.

Cybersecurity Governance

We are committed to appropriate cybersecurity governance and oversight. Our cybersecurity organization is led by our CISO, who reports directly to our CIO and under the organization of our chief financial officer (CFO). Our CISO is educated in computer information systems and has over 20 years of experience in leadership, management, and engineering roles in the technology and cybersecurity realms. Our CISO also has experience implementing cybersecurity programs in alignment with the NIST Cybersecurity Framework. Our CIO is educated in computer science and has over 25 years of experience in leadership, management, and consulting roles in applications, digitalization, and infrastructure with oversight responsibilities for cybersecurity.

Our Board of Directors oversees management's processes for identifying and mitigating enterprise-wide risks, including cybersecurity and related information technology risks. Our Audit Committee receives updates from our CIO and CISO on our technology and cybersecurity program and receives independent external expert evaluations of our program using industry frameworks, including the NIST-Cybersecurity Framework.

Our Audit Committee also receives cybersecurity updates and education on a broad range of topics, including: current cybersecurity landscape trends and emerging threats; the status of cybersecurity initiatives; incident reports and learnings from any material cybersecurity events; and any pertinent cybersecurity regulatory requirements and industry expectations.

46

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

Our principal executive offices are located at 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey. As of June 30, 2024, we had 53 facilities (3 geographical locations operate as multiple facilities because they support more than one reporting segment, with our Somerset location including both a manufacturing facility and our principal executive offices), comprising manufacturing operations, development centers, and sales offices contained in approximately 8 million square feet of manufacturing, laboratory, office and related space. Our manufacturing capabilities include all required regulatory, quality assurance and in-house validation space. The following table sets forth our facilities containing manufacturing, laboratory, office, and related space by reporting segment and geographic location as of June 30, 2024:

Geographic Region	Biologics	Pharma and Consumer Health	Corporate	Total (1)
North America	11	15	1	27
South America	—	3	1	4
Europe	6	9	1	16
Asia-Pacific	—	6	—	6
Total	17	33	3	53

(1) Sites that are used by multiple segments are included once for each segment in this table.

Two of our manufacturing facilities, located in Bloomington, Indiana and Harmans, Maryland, together generate a material portion of our net revenue. We believe these facilities are suitable for their intended purposes, with adequate capacity for current and projected demand for their contracted products.

We generally seek to own, rather than lease, our manufacturing facilities, although some facilities are leased. Our office space and warehouse facilities are often leased.

Additional information with respect to our leases and property, plant, and equipment is contained in Notes 16 and 19, respectively, to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, inquiries and claims concerning environmental contamination as well as litigation and allegations in connection with acquisitions, product liability, manufacturing or packaging defects, and claims for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of any of which could be significant. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against any such litigation and do not currently believe that the outcome of any such litigation will have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. In addition, the healthcare industry is highly regulated and government agencies continue to scrutinize certain practices affecting government programs and otherwise.

In February 2023, an alleged shareholder filed a complaint styled City of Warwick Retirement System v. Catalent, Inc., et al., No. 23-cv-01108 in New Jersey federal court against us and three of our then-officers (collectively, the “Warwick Defendants”) purportedly on behalf of a putative “class” consisting of persons who purchased or otherwise acquired our securities between August 30, 2021 and October 31, 2022, inclusive. On September 15, 2023, the Warwick complaint was amended (together with the original complaint, the “Warwick Complaint”), which amended complaint expanded the class period to between August 30, 2021 and May 7, 2023, inclusive (the “Class Period”). The Warwick Complaint purports to assert claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and the related regulations, alleging that, unbeknownst to investors, the Warwick Defendants purportedly engaged in accounting and channel stuffing schemes to pad the Company's revenues and failed to disclose adverse facts that purportedly were known to or recklessly disregarded by the Warwick Defendants. Specifically, the Warwick Complaint alleges that the Warwick Defendants (i) overstated revenue and earnings by prematurely recognizing revenue in violation of accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”); (ii) suffered material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to revenue recognition; (iii) falsely represented demand for our products while we knowingly selling more product to our direct customers than could be sold to healthcare providers and end consumers; (iv) cut corners on safety and control procedures at key production facilities; (v) disregarded regulatory rules at key production facilities in order to rapidly produce excess inventory that was used to pad our financial results through premature revenue recognition in violation of U.S. GAAP or stuffing our direct customers with this excess inventory; and (vi) lacked a reasonable basis for their positive statements about our financial performance, outlook, and regulatory compliance

47

during the Class Period. On November 15, 2023, the Warwick Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Warwick Complaint. On June 28, 2024, the Court granted, in part, and denied, in part, the Company’s motion to dismiss. The Warwick Defendants’ answer to the Warwick Complaint was filed on August 12, 2024. The Company believes that the Warwick Defendants have defenses to the remaining allegations and intends to vigorously defend against these allegations.

In August 2023, an alleged shareholder filed a derivative complaint styled Husty, et al. v. Carroll, et al., No. 23-cv-00891, in Delaware federal court against certain current and former members of our board of directors (the “Husty Defendants”) and nominally against Catalent, Inc. The complaint mimics the allegations set out in the original complaint filed in the City of Warwick Retirement System action described above and claims that the alleged activities described there led to, and will continue to expose us to, costs and damages. On February 20, 2024, the court entered a stipulation staying the case pending the outcome of the motion to dismiss that was filed in the City of Warwick Retirement System action. On April 25, 2024, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the action without prejudice.

In September 2023, an alleged shareholder filed a derivative complaint styled Brown, et al. v. Chiminski, et al., Case 3:23-cv-15722, in New Jersey federal court against certain current and former officers and members of the Company's board of directors (the "Brown Defendants") and nominally against Catalent, Inc. The complaint mimics the allegations set out in the original complaint filed in the City of Warwick Retirement System action described above and claims that the alleged activities described there led to, and will continue to expose us to, costs and damages. On January 8, 2024, the court entered a stipulation staying the case pending the outcome of motion to dismiss that was filed in the City of Warwick Retirement System action. On April 19, 2024, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the action without prejudice. On May 2, 2024, the court dismissed the action without prejudice.

In June 2023, we received a demand from a company stockholder pursuant to 8 Del. C. § 220 to inspect books and records of the Company relating to, among other things, the allegations raised in the Warwick Complaint. We have responded to the demand and cannot determine at this time if the books and records demand will lead to litigation.

In connection with the proposed Merger, three purported Catalent stockholders filed lawsuits alleging that certain disclosures made in the Proxy Statement were materially false and misleading: Garfield v. Barber, et al., C.A. No. SOM-C 012027-24 (N.J. Super. Ct.), which was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey; Moore v. Catalent, Inc., et al., No. 652403/2024 (N.Y. Sup. Ct.), which was filed in the Supreme Court of New York; and Clark v. Catalent, Inc., et al., No. 652407/2024 (N.Y. Sup. Ct.), which was filed in the Supreme Court of New York. The aforementioned lawsuits are collectively referred to as the “Actions.” The Actions alleged, among other things, that certain disclosures in the Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Merger Agreement omitted certain purportedly material information. The Garfield Action asserted violations of New Jersey Uniform Securities Law § 49:3-71 and negligent misrepresentation and concealment and negligence under New Jersey common law. The Moore and Clark Actions each asserted a single claim for breach of fiduciary duty. On May 17, 2024, the Garfield Action was voluntarily dismissed with prejudice. On June 26, 2024, the Moore and Clark Actions were voluntarily dismissed with prejudice.

From time to time, we receive subpoenas or requests for information from various governmental agencies or private parties, including from state attorneys general, the U.S. Department of Justice, and private parties. We generally respond to such subpoenas and requests in a timely and thorough manner, which responses sometimes require considerable time and effort and can result in considerable costs being incurred.

For additional information, see Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

48

PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The principal market for trading of our Common Stock is the NYSE. Our Common Stock trades under the symbol “CTLT.”

As of August 22, 2024, we had 7 holders of record of outstanding shares of our Common Stock. This number does not include beneficial owners whose shares were held in street name.

We did not declare or pay any dividend on our Common Stock in fiscal 2024 or fiscal 2023. We have no current plan to pay any dividend on our Common Stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restriction, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt and Financing Arrangements—Debt Covenants.”

Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during the period covered by this Annual Report.

Purchases of Equity Securities

We did not purchase any of our equity securities during the period covered by this Annual Report.

49

Performance Graph

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder return on our Common Stock from June 30, 2019 through June 30, 2024, based on the market price of our Common Stock and assuming reinvestment of dividends, with the cumulative total shareholder return of companies on the S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Health Care Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our Common Stock and in each index at the market close on June 30, 2019. The stock price performance of the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.

50

ITEM 6.     [RESERVED]

51

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report. This section of the Annual Report generally discusses the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023 and year-to-year comparisons between the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023. The discussion of our results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 and a comparison of our results for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 is included in Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, filed with the SEC on December 8, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. You should carefully read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this Annual Report. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, particularly in “Item 1A.—Risk Factors.”

Overview

We provide differentiated development and manufacturing solutions for drugs, protein-based biologics, cell and gene therapies, vaccines, and consumer health products at fifty facilities across four continents under rigorous quality and operational standards. Our oral, injectable, and respiratory delivery technologies, along with our state-of-the-art protein, plasmid, viral, and cell and gene therapy manufacturing capacity, address a wide and growing range of modalities and therapeutic and other categories across the biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer health industries. Through our extensive capabilities, growth-enabling capacity, and deep expertise in product development, regulatory compliance, and clinical trial and commercial supply, we can help our customers take products to market faster; we have supported more than half of new drug products approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) in the last decade. Our development and manufacturing platforms, our proven formulation, supply, and regulatory expertise, and our broad and deep development and manufacturing know-how enable our customers to advance and then bring to market more products and better treatments for patients and consumers. Our commitment to reliably supply our customers’ and their patients’ needs is the foundation for the value we provide; annually, we produce nearly 70 billion unit doses for nearly 8,000 customer pharmaceutical and consumer health products, or approximately 1 in every 28 unit doses of such products taken each year by patients and consumers around the world. We believe that, through our investments in state-of-the-art facilities and capacity expansion, including investments in facilities focused on new treatment modalities and other attractive market segments, our continuous improvement activities devoted to operational and quality excellence, the sales of existing and introduction of new customer products, and, in some cases, our innovation activities and patents, we will continue to attract premium opportunities and realize the growth potential from these areas.

At the commencement of fiscal 2023, in connection with our change in Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Decision Maker, we adopted a new operating structure with two operating and reportable segments: (i) Biologics and (ii) Pharma and Consumer Health. The Biologics segment provides development and manufacturing for biologic proteins; cell, gene, and other nucleic acid therapies; pDNA; iPSCs, and oncolytic viruses; and vaccines. It also provides formulation, development, and manufacturing for parenteral dose forms, including vials, prefilled syringes, and cartridges; and, as noted above, analytical development and testing services for large molecules. Our Pharma and Consumer Health segment, comprises the Company’s market-leading capabilities for complex oral solids, softgel formulations, Zydis fast-dissolve technologies, and gummy, soft chew, and lozenge dosage forms; formulation, development, and manufacturing platforms for oral, nasal, inhaled, and topical dose forms; cold-chain storage and distribution, and clinical trial development and supply services. Prior-period segment results were reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Pending Merger with Novo Holdings

On February 5, 2024, the Company entered into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth therein, the Company will survive the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Novo Holdings. Parent will acquire all the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. On May 29, 2024, the Company held a special meeting of its stockholders at which the Company's stockholders approved, among other things, the Merger Agreement. The Merger is expected to close towards the end of calendar year 2024, subject to customary closing conditions, including receipt of required regulatory approvals. For more information, see Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

52

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The following disclosure supplements the descriptions of our accounting policies contained in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements regarding significant areas of judgment. Management made certain estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates also affect the reported amount of net earnings during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Because of the size of the financial statement elements to which they relate, some of our accounting policies and estimates have a more significant impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements than others.

Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with the audit committee of our board of directors. A discussion of some of our more significant accounting policies and estimates follows.

Revenue Recognition

We sell products and services directly to our biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer health customers. The majority of our business is conducted through manufacturing and commercial product supply, development services, and clinical supply services.

Our contracts with customers often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require judgment. For our manufacturing and commercial product supply revenue, the contract generally includes the terms of the manufacturing services and related product quality assurance procedures to comply with regulatory requirements. Due to the regulated nature of our business, these contract terms are highly interdependent and, therefore, are considered to be a single combined performance obligation. For our development services and clinical supply services revenue, our performance obligations vary per contract and are accounted for as separate performance obligations. If a contract contains a single performance obligation, we allocate the entire transaction price to the single performance obligation. If a contract contains multiple performance obligations, we allocate consideration to each performance obligation using the “relative standalone selling price” as defined under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Generally, we utilize observable standalone selling prices in our allocations of consideration. If observable standalone selling prices are not available, we estimate the applicable standalone selling price using a cost-plus-margin approach or an adjusted market assessment approach, in each case, representing the amount that we believe the market is willing to pay for the applicable service. Revenue is recognized over time using an appropriate method of measuring progress towards fulfilling our performance obligation for the respective arrangement. Determining the measure of progress that consistently depicts our satisfaction of performance obligations within each of our revenue streams across similar arrangements requires judgment.

Our customer contracts generally include provisions entitling us to a termination penalty when the customer terminates prior to the contract’s nominal end date. The termination penalties in these customer contracts vary but are generally considered substantive for accounting purposes and create enforceable rights and obligations throughout the stated duration of the contract. We account for a contract termination as a contract modification in the period in which the customer gives notice of termination. The determination of the contract termination penalty is based on the terms stated in the relevant customer agreement. As of the modification date, we update our estimate of the transaction price using the expected value method, subject to constraints, and recognize the amount over the remaining performance period under the contract. In the event of a contract termination, revenues are recognized to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur when any uncertainty is subsequently resolved.

Long-lived and Other Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

We allocate the cost of an acquired company to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities acquired, with any remaining cost recorded as goodwill. Intangible assets primarily include customer relationships, technology, and trademarks. Valuing the identifiable intangible assets requires judgment. Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis, reflecting the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed, and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values of the assets may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

•significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

53

•significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy of the overall business;

•significant negative industry or economic trends; and

•recognition of goodwill impairment charges.

If we determine that the carrying value of identifiable intangibles and/or long-lived assets may not be recoverable based on the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure recoverability of assets by comparing the respective carrying value of the assets to the current and expected future cash flows, on an un-discounted basis, to be generated from such assets. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, we measure an impairment based on the amount by which the net carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair values of the assets. See Notes 3, Business Combinations and Divestitures and 5, Other Intangibles, net to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

We account for purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles –– Goodwill and Other. Under ASC 350, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. We perform an impairment evaluation of goodwill annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or when circumstances otherwise indicate an evaluation should be performed. The evaluation may begin with a qualitative assessment for each reporting unit to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the qualitative assessment does not generate a positive response, or if no qualitative assessment is performed, a quantitative assessment, based upon discounted cash flows, is performed and requires management to estimate future cash flows, growth rates, and economic and market conditions.

We perform an annual goodwill impairment test for each reporting unit on April 1, the measurement date and more frequently if indicators of impairment exist.

During our first fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2023, as a result of the Consumer Health reporting unit's underperformance of recent operating results relative to expectations, the current macroeconomic conditions impacting the consumer health and biotechnology industries, and increased interest rates, we assessed the current and future economic outlook for all of our reporting units and identified indicators for impairment of the goodwill previously recorded for two of our reporting units. The evaluation began with a qualitative assessment of our Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units was less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment did not indicate that it was more likely than not that the fair value exceeded the carrying value in our Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units, which led to a quantitative assessment for the corresponding reporting units.

We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using a combination of income and market approaches. In performing the goodwill impairment test, we used a terminal revenue growth rate of 3.5% and discount rates ranging from 9% to 10% in its estimation of fair value. The evaluation performed resulted in impairment charges of $687 million with respect to the Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units. While we believe the assumptions used were reasonable and commensurate with the views of a market participant, changes in key assumptions, including increasing the discount rate, lowering forecasts for revenue and operating margin or lowering the long-term growth rate could lead to further impairment.

Based on its quantitative assessment conducted as of April 1, 2024, the Company determined for each reporting unit with goodwill that its respective fair value exceeded its carrying value, and hence, there was no impairment. A 100 basis point increase in the discount rate and a 100 basis point decrease in the long-term growth rate would not have resulted in a goodwill impairment charge in any of the our reporting units.

Subsequent to the quantitative assessment performed as of April 1, 2024, we performed qualitative assessments as of June 30, 2024, which yielded no indicators of impairment.

See Notes 4, Goodwill and 5, Other Intangibles, net to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, we account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and the corresponding financial reporting bases of our assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in which we operate. Deferred taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside of the U.S. when it is expected that these earnings will be permanently reinvested. In fiscal 2018, we recorded a provision for U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding

54

taxes in relation to expected repatriations as a result of the 2017 U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”), but we have not made any provision for U.S. income taxes on the remaining undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as those earnings are considered permanently reinvested in the operations of those foreign subsidiaries in the years after 2018.

The 2017 Tax Act imposed taxes on so-called “global intangible low-taxed income” (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries of a U.S. company. In accordance with ASC 740, we made an accounting policy election to treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred.

We assess the realizability of deferred tax assets by considering all available evidence, both positive and negative. We evaluate four possible sources of taxable income when assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets:

•carrybacks of existing NOLs (if and to the extent permitted by tax law);

•future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;

•tax planning strategies; and

•future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards.

We consider the need to maintain a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets based on management’s assessment of whether it is more likely than not that we would realize those deferred tax assets as a result of future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and the ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period available under the applicable tax law.

Unrecognized tax benefits are generated when there are differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Tax benefits are recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements when it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. To the extent we prevail in matters for which liabilities have been established or are required to pay amounts in excess of our liabilities, our effective income tax rate in a given period could be materially affected. An unfavorable income tax settlement may require the use of cash and result in an increase in our effective income tax rate in the year it is resolved. A favorable income tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in the effective income tax rate in the year of resolution.

Our accounting for income taxes involves the application of complex tax regulations in the U.S. and in each of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate, particularly European tax jurisdictions. The determination of income subject to taxation in each tax-paying jurisdiction requires us to review reported book income and the events occurring during the year in each jurisdiction in which we operate. In addition, the application of deferred tax assets and liabilities will have an effect on the tax expense in each jurisdiction. For those entities engaging in transactions with affiliates, we apply transfer-pricing guidelines relevant in many jurisdictions in which we operate and make certain informed and reasonable assumptions and estimates about the relative value of contributions by affiliates when assessing the allocation of income and deductions between consolidated entities in different jurisdictions. The estimates and assumptions used in these allocations can result in uncertainty in the measured tax benefit.

Factors Affecting our Performance

Fluctuations in Operating Results

Our annual financial reporting period ends on June 30. Excluding the impact from COVID-19, our revenue and net earnings are generally higher in the third and fourth quarters of each fiscal year, with our first fiscal quarter typically generating our lowest revenue of any quarter, and our last fiscal quarter typically generating our highest revenue. These fluctuations are primarily the result of the timing of our, and our customers’, annual operational maintenance periods at locations in Europe and the U.S., the seasonality associated with pharmaceutical and biotechnology budgetary spending decisions, clinical trial and research and development schedules, the timing of new product launches and length of time needed to obtain full market penetration, and, to a lesser extent, the time of the year some of our customers’ products are in higher demand.

Acquisition and Related Integration Efforts

Our growth and profitability are affected by the acquisitions we complete and the speed at which we integrate those acquisitions into our existing operating platforms. In fiscal 2021, we expanded our capacity and capabilities through five acquisitions for our Biologics segment and through the acquisition of a dry powder inhaler and spray dry manufacturing business from Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. (“Acorda”). In fiscal 2022, we acquired each of Bettera Wellness, a manufacturer of a consumer-preferred gummy and other formats for consumer health products, a commercial-scale cell therapy manufacturing facility in

55

Princeton, and a manufacturing facility for biologic therapies and vaccines near Oxford, U.K. In fiscal 2023, we acquired Metrics Contract Services (“Metrics”), an oral solids development and manufacturing business specializing in the manufacture of drugs containing highly potent active pharmaceutical ingredients.

Foreign Exchange Rates

Our operating network is global, and, as a result, we have substantial revenues and operating expenses that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which we report our financial results. Our results of operations and financial performance are therefore influenced by changes in currency exchange rates. In fiscal 2024, 36% of our net revenue was generated from our operations outside the U.S. Foreign currencies for our operations include the British pound, European euro, Brazilian real, Argentine peso, Japanese yen, and the Canadian dollar.

Inflation

In fiscal 2023, we began to experience the effects of increased global inflation, which has risen to levels not seen in more than 30 years. In response, we implemented various mitigation strategies, including in some cases increasing prices to customers or reducing other costs of operation, including through price renegotiations with suppliers. The effects of inflation are likely to continue to affect us for fiscal 2025, at least, and there can be no assurance that our mitigating strategies will continue to enjoy the same degree of success.

Trends Affecting Our Business

Industry

We participate in nearly every sector of the global pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry, which has been estimated to generate more than $1 trillion in annual revenue, including, but not limited to, the prescription drug and biologic sectors as well as consumer health, which includes the over-the-counter and vitamins and nutritional supplement sectors. Innovative pharmaceuticals, and biologics in particular, continue to play a critical role in the global market, while the share of revenue due to generic drugs and biosimilars is increasing in both developed and developing markets. Sustained developed market demand and rapid growth in emerging economies is driving consumer health product growth. Payors, both public and private, have sought to limit the economic impact of pharmaceutical and biologics product demand through greater use of generic and biosimilar drugs, access and spending controls, and health technology assessment techniques, favoring products that deliver truly differentiated outcomes.

New Molecule Development and R&D Sourcing

Continued strengthening in early-stage development pipelines for drugs and biologics, compounded by increasing clinical trial breadth and complexity, support our belief in the attractive growth prospects for development solutions. Large companies are in many cases reconfiguring their R&D resources, increasingly involving the use of strategic partners for important outsourced functions and new treatment modalities. Additionally, an increasing portion of compounds in development are from companies that do not have a full research and development infrastructure, and thus are more likely to need strategic development solutions partners.

Demographics

Aging population demographics in developed countries, combined with the global COVID-19 pandemic and health care reforms in many global markets that are expanding access to treatments to a greater proportion of the global population, will continue to drive increases in demand for pharmaceuticals, biologics, and consumer health products. Increasing economic affluence in developing regions will further increase demand for healthcare treatments, and we are taking active steps to allow us to participate effectively in these growth regions and product categories.

Finally, we believe the market access and payor pressures our customers face, global supply chain complexity, and the increasing demand for improved and new modality treatments will continue to escalate the need for advanced formulation and manufacturing, product differentiation, improved outcomes, and treatment cost reduction, all of which can often be addressed using our advanced delivery technologies.

Non-GAAP Metrics

As described in this section, management uses various financial metrics, including certain metrics that are not based on concepts defined in U.S. GAAP, to measure and assess the performance of our business, to make critical business decisions,

56

and to assess our compliance with certain financial obligations. We therefore believe that presentation of certain of these non-GAAP metrics in this Annual Report will aid investors in understanding our business.

EBITDA from operations

Management measures operating performance based on consolidated earnings from operations before interest expense, expense for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the income attributable to non-controlling interests (“EBITDA from operations”). EBITDA from operations is not defined under U.S. GAAP, is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA from operations enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe this measure is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance across periods and use this measure for business planning purposes. In addition, given the significant investments that we have made in the past in property, plant, and equipment, depreciation and amortization expenses represent a meaningful portion of our cost structure. We believe that disclosing EBITDA from operations provides investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, service debt, and undertake capital expenditures without consideration of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense. We present EBITDA from operations in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for readers of the Consolidated Financial Statements, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures. Our definition of EBITDA from operations may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies. The most directly comparable measure to EBITDA from operations defined under U.S. GAAP is net earnings. Included in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis is a reconciliation of net earnings to EBITDA from operations.

In addition, we evaluate the performance of our segments based on segment earnings before non-controlling interest, other (income) expense, impairments, restructuring costs, interest expense, income tax expense, stock-based compensation, gain (loss) on sale of subsidiary, and depreciation and amortization (“Segment EBITDA”). For a reconciliation of Segment EBITDA to net earnings, see Note 18, Segment Information to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Adjusted EBITDA

Under the Credit Agreement and in the Indentures, the ability of Operating Company to engage in certain activities, such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and paying certain dividends, is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “Consolidated EBITDA” in the Credit Agreement and “EBITDA” in the Indentures). Adjusted EBITDA is a covenant compliance measure in our Credit Agreement and Indentures, particularly those covenants governing debt incurrence and restricted payments. Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the Credit Agreement, is not defined under U.S. GAAP, is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

In addition, we use Adjusted EBITDA as a performance metric that guides management in its operation of and planning for the future of the business and drives certain management compensation programs. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides a useful measure of our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that are not representative of our core business, including interest expense and non-cash charges like depreciation and amortization.

The measure under U.S. GAAP most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA is net earnings. In calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we add back certain non-cash, non-recurring, and other items that are deducted when calculating EBITDA from operations and net earnings, consistent with the requirements of the Credit Agreement. Adjusted EBITDA, among other things:

•does not include non-cash stock-based employee compensation expense and certain other non-cash charges;

•does not include cash and non-cash restructuring, severance, and relocation costs incurred to realize future cost savings and enhance operations;

•adds back any non-controlling interest expense, which represents minority investors’ ownership of non-wholly owned consolidated subsidiaries and is, therefore, not available; and

•includes estimated cost savings that have not yet been fully reflected in our results.

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income per Share

We use Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income per share (which we sometimes refer to as “Adjusted EPS”) as performance metrics. Adjusted Net Income is not defined under U.S. GAAP, is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. We believe that

57

providing information concerning Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income per share enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe that these measures are useful financial metrics to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business, and we use these measures for business planning and executive compensation purposes. We define Adjusted Net Income as net earnings adjusted for (1) earnings or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, (2) amortization attributable to purchase accounting, and (3) income or loss from non-controlling interest in majority-owned operations. We also make adjustments for other cash and non-cash items (as shown above, in “—Adjusted EBITDA”), partially offset by our estimate of the tax effect of such cash and non-cash items. Our definition of Adjusted Net Income may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies. Adjusted Net Income per share is computed by dividing Adjusted Net Income by the weighted average diluted shares outstanding.

Use of Constant Currency

As exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, we believe the presentation of results on a constant currency basis in addition to reported results helps improve investors’ ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Constant currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period-over-period. We use results on a constant currency basis as one measure to evaluate our performance. In this Annual Report, we calculate constant currency by calculating current-year results using prior-year foreign currency exchange rates. We generally refer to such amounts calculated on a constant currency basis as excluding the impact of foreign exchange. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Results on a constant currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not measures of performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Restructuring Programs

The contract manufacturing industry is labor intensive. As a result, we incur significant fixed costs to operate our facilities and maintain additional infrastructure required to obtain, develop, manufacture, transport, store, and test our products. Therefore, relatively small changes in demand can have a significant impact on short-term profitability.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2023, we engaged in a restructuring effort, which reduced our cost structure, consolidated facilities, and optimized our infrastructure across the organization. In fiscal 2024, we extended our restructuring effort, with further headcount reduction primarily in our Biologics segment and in our corporate functions. In connection with these restructuring plans, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, we reduced our headcount by approximately 700 employees and incurred $39 million of cumulative pre-tax employee separation and other restructuring related costs. As a result of our restructuring plans, we expect to deliver an annualized run-rate savings of $90 to $100 million.

For further details regarding restructuring costs, see Note 6, Restructuring Costs to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Summary Two-Year Key Financial Performance Metrics

Discussion of the year-over-year changes for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 and the results of operations and cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, is included in Item 7. — Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, filed with the SEC on December 8, 2023, and is incorporated herein by reference.

The below tables summarize our results in fiscal 2024 and 2023 with respect to several financial metrics we use to measure performance. Refer to the discussions below regarding performance and the use of key financial metrics and “—Non-GAAP Metrics—Use of Constant Currency” concerning the measurement of revenue at “constant currency.”

58

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2024 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2023

Results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 were as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,				FX Impact		Constant Currency Increase (Decrease)
	2024		2023				Change $		Change %(1)
Net revenue	$	4,381	$	4,263	$	31	$	87	2	%
Cost of sales	3,428		3,223		23		182		6	%
Gross margin	953		1,040		8		(95)		(9)	%
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	935		829		3		103		12	%
Goodwill impairment charges	687		210		—		477		*
Other operating expense	80		164		—		(84)		(51)	%
Operating loss	(749)		(163)		5		(591)		*
Interest expense, net	254		186		1		67		36	%
Other expense (income), net	24		(7)		—		31		*
Loss before income taxes	(1,027)		(342)		4		(689)		*
Income tax expense (benefit)	16		(86)		1		101		118	%
Net loss	$	(1,043)	$	(256)	$	3	$	(790)	*

* Not meaningful

(1)    Change % calculations are based on amounts prior to rounding.

Net Revenue

	2024 vs. 2023
Year-Over-Year Change	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
	Net Revenue
Organic	1	%
Impact of acquisitions	1	%
Constant currency change	2	%
Foreign currency translation impact on reporting	1	%
Total % change	3	%

59

Net revenue increased by $87 million, or 2%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. Net revenue increased 1% organically on a constant-currency basis, primarily related to growth in our gene therapy offerings, partially offset by a significant decline in demand for COVID-19 related programs.

Net revenue increased 1% inorganically as a result of acquisitions. We acquired Metrics Contract Services (“Metrics”) in October 2022.

Gross Margin

Gross margin decreased by $95 million, or 9%, in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, primarily due to an unfavorable shift in product mix, lower levels of utilization across the network, reduced productivity, and higher costs from increased spending on operational and engineering enhancements in our Biologics segment, partially offset by a decrease in inventory write-offs.

On a constant-currency basis, gross margin, as a percentage of net revenue, decreased 280 basis points to 21.7% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, compared to 24.5% in the prior year, primarily due to the factors described in the previous paragraph.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense

Selling, general, and administrative expense increased by $103 million or 12%, compared to fiscal 2023, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. The year-over-year increase was primarily driven by increased spending on operational and engineering enhancements, a $33 million increase in stock-based compensation, a $18 million increase in employee related expenses, a $25 million increase in depreciation and amortization, a one-time insurance benefit of $10 million in the prior year, and $6 million in net incremental expenses from businesses acquired in the last 12 months, partially offset by a $16 million benefit from a decline in credit losses and a $6 million decline in integration costs.

Goodwill Impairment Charges

Goodwill impairment charges during fiscal 2024 were associated with our Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units, which are part of our Pharma and Consumer Health and Biologics segments, respectively. For further details, see Note 4, Goodwill to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023 was $80 million and $164 million, respectively. The year-over-year decrease was primarily due to a $69 million decrease in fixed-asset impairment charges and a $27 million decrease in restructuring charges, partially offset by $12 million of pension settlement charges.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net, of $254 million in fiscal 2024 increased by $67 million, or 36%, compared to fiscal 2023, excluding the impact of foreign exchange. The increase was primarily attributable to higher interest rates on our variable rate debt and incremental borrowings.

For additional information concerning our debt and financing arrangements, including the changing mix of debt and equity in our capital structure, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” below and Note 7, Long-Term Obligations and Short-Term Borrowings to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Expense (Income), net    

Other expense, net of $24 million for fiscal 2024 was primarily driven by foreign currency losses of $20 million.

Other income, net of $7 million for fiscal 2023 was primarily driven by foreign currency gains of $8 million.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 was $16 million relative to loss before income taxes of $1,027 million. Our benefit for income taxes for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 was $86 million relative to loss before income taxes of $342 million. The global pretax loss was largely driven by the $687 million goodwill impairment loss in the Consumer Health and BioModalities reporting units. However, the expected benefit from such a loss was not realized, as the majority of the goodwill impairment was not tax deductible. In addition, the establishment of valuation allowances against the

60

U.S. Federal and state deferred tax assets, and income tax expense reported by the Company’s profitable non-U.S. reporting entities further reduced the expected benefit. It was also impacted by changes in the tax impact of permanent differences, restructuring, special items, certain equity related compensation, and other discrete tax items with unique tax implications depending on the nature of the item. In contrast, the income tax benefit on the prior-year global pretax loss was primarily due to the recognition of research and development credits in the U.S., the recognition of deferred tax assets on the book impairment of tax deductible goodwill, and decreased earnings in foreign jurisdictions with lower tax rates.

The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) introduced Global Anti-Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“BEPS”) Pillar 2 rules with four new taxing mechanisms under which multi-national entities would pay a minimum level of tax. Numerous countries, including European Union member states, have enacted or are expected to enact legislation to be effective as early as January 1, 2024, with general implementation of a global minimum tax by January 1, 2025. We are still evaluating the impact of these new rules but do not anticipate that it will have a material impact on our income tax provision expense.

Segment Review

The below charts depict the percentage of net revenue from each of our two reportable segments for the previous two years. Refer below for discussions regarding the segments’ net revenue and EBITDA performance and to “—Non-GAAP Metrics” for a discussion of our use of Segment EBITDA, a measure that is not defined under U.S. GAAP.

Our results on a segment basis for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 were as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,				FX Impact		Constant Currency Increase (Decrease)
	2024		2023				Change $		Change % (1)
Biologics
Net revenue	$	1,952	$	1,978	$	10	$	(36)	(2)	%
Segment EBITDA	272		277		1		(6)		(2)	%
Pharma and Consumer Health
Net revenue	2,431		2,287		21		123		5	%
Segment EBITDA	597		548		6		43		8	%
Inter-segment revenue elimination	(2)		(2)		—		—		*
Unallocated Costs(2)	(1,153)		(559)		—		(594)		*
Combined totals
Net revenue	$	4,381	$	4,263	$	31	$	87	2	%
EBITDA (loss) from operations	$	(284)	$	266	$	7	$	(557)	*

*    Not meaningful

(1)    Change % calculations are based on amounts prior to rounding.    

61

(2)    Unallocated costs include restructuring and special items, stock-based compensation, gain (loss) on sale of subsidiary, impairment charges, certain other corporate-directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the segments as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023
Impairment charges and gain/loss on sale of assets (a)	$	(29)	$	(98)
Stock-based compensation	(68)		(35)
Restructuring and other special items (b)	(178)		(98)
Pension settlement charges	(12)		—
Goodwill impairment charges (c)	(687)		(210)
Other (expense) income, net (d)	(24)		7
Non-allocated corporate costs, net	(155)		(125)
Total unallocated costs	$	(1,153)	$	(559)

(a)    Impairment charges and gain/loss on sale of assets during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 include fixed-asset impairment charges associated with equipment for a product with significant decline in demand in our Biologics segment and right-of-use asset impairment charges associated with underutilized facilities in our Biologics segment.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, impairment charges and gain/loss on sale of assets include fixed-asset impairment charges that are primarily associated with an idle facility in the Biologics segment and obsolete equipment that could not be sold or repurposed in the Pharma and Consumer Health segment.

In the three months ended June 30, 2023, we identified an indicator of impairment related to one of our facilities in the Biologics segment given our plan to pause any additional spend on site development due to a lack of demand, leading to a partial impairment charge of $54 million. We primarily utilized a market and income approach for real property and a cost approach for personal property to record the partial impairment on its idle facility. Impairment charges are recorded in Other operating expense in the consolidated statements of operations.    

Also, in the three months ended June 30, 2023, we identified an indicator of impairment related to obsolete equipment from a terminated project in the Pharma and Consumer Health segment, leading to a full impairment charge of $18 million.

(b)    Restructuring and other special items for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 include (i) restructuring charges associated with our plans that reduced costs, consolidated facilities, and optimized our infrastructure across the organization, most notably the announced closure of our San Francisco facility and (ii) transaction and integration costs associated with the Metrics acquisition.

Restructuring and other special items for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 include (i) restructuring charges associated with the implementation of our restructuring efforts that reduced costs, consolidated facilities, and optimized infrastructure across the organization, (ii) transaction and integration costs associated with the Metrics acquisition, and (iii) warehouse exit costs for a product we no longer manufacture in our Pharma and Consumer Health segment.

(c)    Goodwill impairment charges during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 were associated with our Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units, which are part of our Pharma and Consumer Health and Biologics segments, respectively. For further details, see Note 4, Goodwill to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill impairment charges during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 were associated with our Consumer Health reporting unit, which is part of our Pharma and Consumer Health segment. For further details, see Note 4, Goodwill to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

(d)    Refer to Note 15, Other (Income) Expense, net for details of financing charges and foreign currency adjustments recorded within Other (Income) Expense, net in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Provided below is a reconciliation of net earnings to EBITDA from operations:

62

	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(1,043)	$	(256)
Depreciation and amortization	489		422
Interest expense, net	254		186
Income tax expense (benefit)	16		(86)
EBITDA (loss) from operations	$	(284)	$	266

Biologics segment

	2024 vs. 2023
Year-Over-Year Change	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
	Net Revenue		Segment EBITDA
Organic	(2)	%	(2)	%
Constant currency change	(2)	%	(2)	%
Foreign exchange translation impact on reporting	1	%	—	%
Total % change	(1)	%	(2)	%

Net revenue in our Biologics segment decreased by $36 million, or 2%, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. The decrease was primarily driven by a significant decline in demand for COVID-19 related programs, partially offset by strong growth in our gene therapy offerings.

Biologics Segment EBITDA decreased by $6 million, or 2%, excluding the impacts of foreign exchange and acquisitions, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. Segment EBITDA decreased 2%, compared to the fiscal year end June 30, 2023, excluding the impact of acquisitions. The decrease was primarily driven by a significant decline in demand for COVID-19 related programs, lower levels of utilization across the Biologics network, and higher costs due to increased spending on operational and engineering enhancements, partially offset by strong growth in our gene therapy offerings and a decrease in inventory write-offs.

Pharma and Consumer Health segment

	2024 vs. 2023
Year-Over-Year Change	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
	Net Revenue		Segment EBITDA
Organic	4	%	6	%
Impact of acquisitions	1	%	2	%
Constant currency change	5	%	8	%
Foreign exchange translation impact on reporting	1	%	1	%
Total % change	6	%	9	%

Net revenue in our Pharma and Consumer Health segment increased by $123 million, or 5%, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. Net revenue increased 4%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, excluding the impact of acquisitions. The increase in revenue from the manufacture of prescription products and growth in our clinical supply services, were partially offset by a decline in demand for our consumer health products, primarily our wellness products.

Pharma and Consumer Health Segment EBITDA increased by $43 million, or 8%, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. Segment EBITDA increased 6%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, excluding the impact of acquisitions. The increase in organic Segment EBITDA was primarily driven by an increase in revenue from the manufacture of prescription products, partially offset by a decline in demand for our consumer health products.

63

We acquired Metrics in October 2022, which increased the segment’s net revenue and Segment EBITDA on an inorganic basis by 1% and 2%, respectively, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, compared to the corresponding prior-year period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Cash

Our principal source of liquidity has been cash flow generated from operations and the net proceeds of capital market activities. The principal uses of cash are to fund operating and capital expenditures, business or asset acquisitions, interest payments on debt, and any mandatory or discretionary principal payment on our debt. As of June 30, 2024, Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., our principal operating subsidiary (“Operating Company”), had available $1.10 billion in borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility, net of $4 million in letters of credit outstanding as of June 30, 2024.

We believe that our cash on hand, cash from operations, and available borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months, as well as the amounts expected to become due with respect to our pending capital projects. We have no significant maturity under any of our bank or note debt until the July 2027 maturity of our 2027 Notes.

Cash Flows

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2024 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2023

The following table summarizes our consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023:

	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		Change $
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	268	$	254	$	14
Investing activities	$	(327)	$	(955)	$	628
Financing activities	$	74	$	521	$	(447)

Operating Activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, cash provided by operating activities was $268 million, an increase of $14 million compared to $254 million for the prior year. The year-over-year change was primarily due to a benefit in working capital partially offset by an increase in interest payments due to higher outstanding debt balances and higher rates on our variable rate debt.

Investing Activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, cash used in investing activities was $327 million, compared to $955 million during fiscal 2023. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was primarily driven by a decrease in mergers and acquisitions activity and a decrease in acquisition of property, equipment, and other productive assets.

Financing Activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, cash provided by financing activities was $74 million, compared to $521 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily driven by a $401 million decrease in net borrowings.

64

Debt and Financing Arrangements

Senior Secured Credit Facilities and Amendments to the Credit Agreement

Operating Company is the borrower under the Credit Agreement, which provides for senior secured credit facilities consisting of a term loan facility, the Revolving Credit Facility, and facilities for letters of credit and swing-line short-term borrowings. The availability of capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility is reduced by the aggregate value of all outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement and outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of June 30, 2024, we had $1.10 billion of unutilized capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility, due to $4 million of outstanding letters of credit.

In November 2022, Operating Company entered into Amendment No. 7 to the Credit Agreement (the “Seventh Amendment”). Pursuant to the Seventh Amendment, Operating Company (i) terminated its existing revolving credit commitments (and the related outstanding revolving borrowings) under the Revolving Credit Facility, and (ii) obtained $1.10 billion aggregate amount of new revolving credit commitments, borrowing thereunder an amount equal to the previously outstanding borrowings under the terminated commitments so that they could be repaid. The new commitments have an interest rate margin, at Operating Company’s option, based on a (1) prime rate, plus a margin ranging from 0.750% to 1.250% based on Operating Company’s consolidated leverage ratio or (2) the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), plus 0.100%, plus a margin ranging from 1.750% to 2.250% based on Operating Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility has a maturity date that is the earlier of (A) five years after November 22, 2022, and (B) the 91st day prior to the maturity of Operating Company’s 2027 Notes or any permitted refinancing thereof, if on such 91st day, any of the 2027 Notes remains outstanding. Otherwise, the Revolving Credit Facility under the Seventh Amendment has the same principal terms as the previously existing revolving credit commitments under the Credit Agreement.

In June 2023, Operating Company entered into Amendment No. 8 to the Credit Agreement (the “Eighth Amendment”). Pursuant to the Eighth Amendment, effective as of July 1, 2023, the interest rate benchmark applicable to term loans under the Credit Agreement was updated, with the SOFR benchmark replacing the LIBOR benchmark. The Eighth Amendment includes a 0.1148% credit spread adjustment to the SOFR benchmark for loans with a 1-month interest period, a 0.26161% credit spread adjustment to the SOFR benchmark for loans with a 3-month interest period, and a 0.42826% credit spread adjustment to the SOFR benchmark for loans with a 6-month interest period. Other than the foregoing, the material terms of the Credit Agreement remain unchanged.

On September 27, 2023, Operating Company entered into Amendment No. 9 to the Credit Agreement, which extended the deadlines by which the Operating Company was required to deliver to the administrative agent (i) its audited financial statements as at the end of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, together with the auditor’s report and opinion on such audited financial statements, to November 27, 2023, and (ii) its unaudited financial statements as at the end of and for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2023 to January 13, 2024.

On November 22, 2023, Operating Company, entered into Amendment No. 10 to the Credit Agreement, which further extended the deadlines by which we are required to deliver to the administrative agent (i) our audited financial statements as at the end of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, together with the auditor’s report and opinion on such audited financial statements, to January 26, 2024, and (ii) our unaudited financial statements as at the end of and for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2023 to March 13, 2024.

On December 19, 2023, Operating Company entered into Amendment No. 11 to the Credit Agreement, pursuant to which Operating Company incurred $600 million aggregate principal amount of new incremental dollar term loans.

Further information concerning the senior secured credit facilities, including our U.S. dollar-denominated term loans and the Revolving Credit Facility, can be found in Note 7, Long-Term Obligations and Short-Term Borrowings to the Consolidated Financial Statements

5.000% Senior Notes due 2027

In June 2019, Operating Company completed a private offering of the 2027 Notes. The 2027 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2027 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2027 Notes will mature on July 15, 2027 and bear interest at the rate of 5.000% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year. The proceeds of the 2027 Notes, after payment of the

65

offering fees and expenses, were used to repay in full the outstanding borrowings under Operating Company’s then-outstanding term loans, which would otherwise have matured in May 2024.

2.375% Euro-denominated Senior Notes due 2028

In March 2020, Operating Company completed a private offering of the 2028 Notes. The 2028 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2028 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2028 Notes will mature on March 1, 2028 and bear interest at the rate of 2.375% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year. The proceeds of the 2028 Notes, after payment of the offering fees and expenses, were used to repay in full the outstanding borrowings under Operating Company’s euro-denominated term loans, which would otherwise have matured in May 2024, and to repay in full our Euro-denominated 4.75% Senior Notes due 2024, which would otherwise have matured in December 2024, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for general corporate purposes.

3.125% Senior Notes due 2029

In February 2021, Operating Company completed a private offering of the 2029 Notes. The 2029 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2029 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2029 Notes will mature on February 15, 2029 and bear interest at the rate of 3.125% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The proceeds of the 2029 Notes, after payment of the offering fees and expenses were used to repay in full the outstanding borrowings under an earlier issue of unsecured notes, which would have otherwise matured in 2026, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for general corporate purposes.

3.500% Senior Notes due 2030

In September 2021, Operating Company completed a private offering of the 2030 Notes. The 2030 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2030 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2030 Notes will mature on April 1, 2030 and bear interest at the rate of 3.500% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year. The proceeds of the 2030 Notes, after payment of the offering fees and expenses, were used to fund a portion of the consideration paid at the closing of the Bettera Wellness acquisition.

Debt Covenants

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

The Credit Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Operating Company’s (and Operating Company’s restricted subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on assets; engage in mergers and consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; repay subordinated indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make investments, loans, or advances; make certain acquisitions; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; amend material agreements governing Operating Company’s subordinated indebtedness; and change Operating Company’s lines of business.

The Credit Agreement also contains change-of-control provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. The Revolving Credit Facility requires compliance with a net leverage covenant when there is a 30% or more draw outstanding at a period end. As of June 30, 2024, Operating Company was in compliance with all material covenants under the Credit Agreement.

Subject to certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement permits Operating Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur certain additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. None of Operating Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries nor its dormant Puerto Rico subsidiary is a guarantor of the loans.

Under the Credit Agreement, Operating Company’s ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and paying certain dividends is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “Consolidated EBITDA” in the Credit Agreement). Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the

66

Credit Agreement, is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. See “Non-GAAP Metrics” for further details on Adjusted EBITDA.

The Senior Notes

The several indentures governing each series of our outstanding senior notes (collectively, the “Indentures”) contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur or guarantee more debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on, repurchase, or make distributions in respect of their capital stock or make other restricted payments; make certain investments; sell certain assets; create liens; consolidate, merge, sell; or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets; enter into certain transactions with their affiliates, and designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions, limitations, and qualifications as set forth in the Indentures. The Indentures also contain customary events of default, including, but not limited to, nonpayment, breach of covenants, and payment or acceleration defaults in certain other indebtedness of Operating Company or certain of its subsidiaries. Upon an event of default, either the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of each of the then-outstanding series of Senior Notes, or the applicable Trustee under the Indentures, may declare the applicable senior notes immediately due and payable; or in certain circumstances, the applicable senior notes will become automatically immediately due and payable. As of June 30, 2024, Operating Company was in compliance with all material covenants under the Indentures.

Capital Resources

As market conditions warrant, we and our affiliates may from time to time seek to purchase our outstanding debt in privately negotiated or open-market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise. Subject to any applicable limitation contained in the Credit Agreement, any purchase made by us may be funded by the use of cash on hand or the incurrence of new secured or unsecured debt. The amounts involved in any such purchase transaction, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. Any such purchase may be with respect to a substantial amount of a particular class or series of debt, with the attendant reduction in the trading liquidity of such class or series. In addition, any such purchase made at prices below the “adjusted issue price” (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) may result in taxable cancellation of indebtedness income to us, which amounts may be material, or in related adverse tax consequences to us.

Geographic Allocation of Cash

As of June 30, 2024 and 2023, the amounts of cash and cash equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries were $257 million and $181 million, respectively, out of total consolidated cash and cash equivalents of $289 million and $280 million, respectively. These balances are dispersed across many international locations around the world.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income per Share

The below tables summarize our fiscal 2024 and 2023 results with respect to certain financial metrics we use to measure performance throughout the fiscal year. Refer to “Non-GAAP Metrics” for further details regarding Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income per share.

67

A reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net earnings, the most directly comparable measure under U.S. GAAP, which also shows the adjustments from EBITDA from operations, follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
(In millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Net loss	$	(1,043)	$	(256)
Interest expense, net	254		186
Income tax (benefit) expense	16		(86)
Depreciation and amortization	489		422
EBITDA (loss) from operations	(284)		266
Goodwill impairment charges	687		210
Stock-based compensation	68		35
Impairment charges and gain/loss on sale of assets	29		98
Restructuring costs	39		66
Acquisition, integration, and other special items	58		31
Foreign exchange loss (gain) (included in other, net) (1)	13		(11)
Site transformation costs	39		—
Pension settlement charges	12		—
Impacts from COVID-19 contract settlement	24		—
Fire loss contingency	9		—
Other adjustments	9		2
Adjusted EBITDA	$	703	$	697
Favorable (unfavorable) FX impact	7
Adjusted EBITDA - constant currency	$	696

(1)    Foreign exchange loss of $13 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 includes $13 million of unrealized losses related to foreign trade receivables and payables and intercompany transactions.

Foreign exchange gain of $11 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 includes $10 million of unrealized gains related to foreign trade receivables and payables and intercompany transactions.

68

A reconciliation between Adjusted Net Income and net earnings, the most directly comparable measure under U.S. GAAP, follows.

	Fiscal Year Ended
(In millions, except per share data)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Net loss	$	(1,043)	$	(256)
Amortization (1)	135		136
Goodwill impairment charges	687		210
Stock-based compensation	68		35
Impairment charges and gain/loss on sale of assets	29		98
Restructuring costs	39		66
Acquisition, integration, and other special items	58		31
Pension settlement charges	12		—
Site transformation costs	39		—
Fire loss contingency	9		—
Impacts from COVID-19 contract settlement	24		—
Foreign exchange loss (gain) (included in other expense, net) (2)	13		(11)
Other adjustments	8		2
Estimated tax effect of adjustments (3)	(13)		(126)
Discrete income tax benefit items (4)	(26)		(18)
Adjusted net income (ANI)	$	39	$	167
ANI per share:
ANI per share - basic (5)	$	0.22	$	0.92
ANI per share - diluted (6)	$	0.21	$	0.92

(1)    Represents the amortization attributable to purchase accounting for previously completed business combinations.

(2)    Foreign exchange loss of $13 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 includes $13 million of unrealized losses related to foreign trade receivables and payables intercompany transactions.

Foreign exchange gain of $11 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 includes $10 million of unrealized gains related to foreign trade receivables and payables intercompany transactions.

(3)    We computed the tax effect of adjustments to net earnings by applying the statutory tax rate in the relevant jurisdictions to the income or expense items that are adjusted in the period presented. If a valuation allowance exists, the rate applied is zero.

(4)    Discrete period income tax expense (benefit) items are unusual or infrequently occurring items, primarily including: changes in judgment related to the realizability of deferred tax assets in future years, changes in measurement of a prior-year tax position, deferred tax impact of changes in tax law, and purchase accounting.

(5)    Represents Adjusted Net Income divided by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, the weighted average was 181 million.

(6)    Represents Adjusted Net Income divided by the weighted average sum of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, plus (b) the number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued assuming exercise or vesting of all potentially dilutive instruments. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, the weighted average was 182 million and 181 million, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk Management

We have historically used interest-rate swaps to manage the economic effect of variable-rate interest obligations associated with our floating-rate term loans so that the interest payable on at least a portion of the term loans effectively becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest-rate changes on our future interest expense.

69

A portion of our bank and note debt is exposed to interest-rate fluctuations. We have in the past used and may continue to use various hedging strategies and derivative financial instruments to create an appropriate mix of fixed- and floating-rate assets and liabilities. In February 2021, we entered into an interest-rate swap agreement with Bank of America N.A. that acted as a hedge against the economic effect of a portion of the variable-interest obligation associated with our U.S. dollar-denominated term loans under our senior secured credit facilities, so that the interest payable on that portion of the debt became fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest-rate increases on future interest expense (the “2021 Rate Swap”). From June 30, 2021 until the effective date of the Eighth Amendment, the applicable rate for the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan under the Credit Agreement was one-month LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.50%) plus 2.00%; however, as a result of the 2021 Rate Swap, the variable portion of the applicable rate on $500 million of the U.S. dollar-denominated term loans was effectively fixed during this period at 0.9985%.

To conform with the adoption of ASC 848, Reference Rate Reform and the Eighth Amendment, the Company amended the 2021 Rate Swap in June 2023 (the “2023 Rate Swap”). The 2023 Rate Swap continues to effectively fix the rate of interest payable on the same portion of our U.S dollar-denominated term loans under our secured credit facilities. The applicable rate for the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan under the Credit Agreement was SOFR (subject to a floor of 0.39%) plus 2.00% as of June 30, 2024. As a result of the 2023 Rate Swap, the variable portion of the applicable interest rate on $500 million of the U.S. dollar-denominated term loans is now effectively fixed at 0.9431%.

Currency Risk Management

We are exposed to fluctuations in the euro-U.S. dollar exchange rate on our investments in our foreign operations in Europe. While we do not actively hedge against changes in foreign currency, we have mitigated the exposure of our investments in our European operations by denominating a portion of our bank and note debt in euros. As of June 30, 2024, we had $883 million of euro-denominated debt outstanding that qualifies as a hedge on a net investment in foreign operations. Refer to Note 9, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of net investment hedge activity in the period.

From time to time, we may use forward currency exchange contracts to manage our exposure to the variability of cash flows primarily related to the foreign exchange rate changes of future foreign currency transaction costs. In addition, we may use foreign currency forward contracts to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets and liabilities. Currently, we do not use foreign currency exchange contracts. We expect to continue to evaluate hedging opportunities for foreign currency in the future.

70

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations as a result of certain market risks. These market risks primarily relate to changes in interest rates associated with our bank and note debt obligations and foreign exchange rate changes.

Interest Rate Risk

A portion of the debt used to finance our operations is exposed to interest-rate fluctuations. We may use various hedging strategies and derivative financial instruments to create an appropriate mix of fixed- and floating-rate assets and liabilities. We entered into the 2021 Rate Swap with Bank of America N.A., which acted as a hedge against the economic effect of a portion of the variable-interest obligation associated with our U.S. dollar-denominated term loans under our senior secured credit facilities, so that the interest payable on that portion of the debt became fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest-rate changes on future interest expense. From June 30, 2021 until the effective date of the Eighth Amendment, the applicable rate for the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan under the Credit Agreement was one-month LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.50%) plus 2.00%; however, as a result of the 2021 Rate Swap, the variable portion of the applicable rate on $500 million of the U.S. dollar-denominated term loans was effectively fixed during this period at 0.9985%.

To conform with the adoption of ASC 848 and the Eighth Amendment, the Company amended the 2021 Rate Swap as the 2023 Rate Swap. The 2023 Rate Swap continues to effectively fix the rate of interest payable on the same portion of our U.S dollar-denominated term loans under our secured credit facilities. The applicable rate for the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan under the Credit Agreement was SOFR (subject to a floor of 0.39%) plus 2.00% as of June 30, 2024. As a result of the 2023 Rate Swap, the variable portion of the applicable interest rate on $500 million of the U.S. dollar-denominated term loans is now effectively fixed at 0.9431%.

A hypothetical 50 basis change to the variable rate component of our variable rate indebtedness would change our annual interest expense by $9 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

By the nature of our global operations, we are exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations resulting from foreign exchange-rate variation. These exposures are transactional and translational in nature. Since we manufacture and sell our products globally, our foreign-currency risk is diversified. Principal drivers of this diversified foreign-exchange exposure include the European euro, British pound, Argentinean peso, and Brazilian real. Our transactional exposure arises from the purchase and sale of goods and services in currencies other than the functional currency of our operational units. We also have exposure related to the translation of financial statements of our foreign divisions into U.S. dollars, our functional currency. The financial statements of our operations outside the U.S. are measured using the local currency as the functional currency, except in Argentina, a hyper-inflationary economy, where our results are measured in U.S. dollars. Adjustments to translate the assets and liabilities of these foreign operations in U.S. dollars are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income utilizing period-end exchange rates. Foreign-currency transaction gains and losses calculated by utilizing weighted average exchange rates for the period are included in the statements of operations in other expense, net. Such foreign currency transaction gains and losses include inter-company loans denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies.

71

ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended June 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Reports of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 248)	73
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 42)	77
Consolidated Balance Sheets	78
Consolidated Statements of Operations	79
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income	80
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity	81
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	82
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	83

72

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Catalent, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Catalent, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2024, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2024, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated September 6, 2024 expressed an adverse opinion.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Goodwill impairment assessment - Biomodalities reporting unit

As described further in Note 4 to the financial statements, the Company performed a quantitative interim goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2023 on the Biomodalities reporting unit. The evaluation performed resulted in an impairment charge of $392 million. The Company also performed its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of April 1, 2024 on the Biomodalities reporting unit. We identified the Company’s quantitative goodwill impairment assessment for the Biomodalities reporting unit as a critical audit matter.

The principal considerations for our determination that the quantitative goodwill impairment assessment for the Biomodalities reporting unit is a critical audit matter are that the determination of the reporting unit’s fair value required management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to the discount rate, forecasted revenues, and operating margins. Auditing these estimates requires a high degree of auditor judgment, including the use of professionals with specialized skills and knowledge.

73

Our audit procedures related to the quantitative goodwill impairment assessment for the Biomodalities reporting unit included the following, among others.

•    We tested the design and operating effectiveness of relevant controls relating to the determination of the reporting unit’s fair value, including controls over the development of revenue growth rate, operating margin and discount rate assumptions, as well as the appropriateness of the valuation models used.
•    We evaluated management’s historical ability to forecast revenue and compared those assumptions to (1) historical results, (2) management’s business plans, and (3) forecasted information in industry reports and companies in its respective peer group.
•    With the assistance of our valuation specialists, we assessed the valuation methodologies utilized by management and the reasonableness of the discount rate.
•    We performed sensitivity analyses on the revenue growth rate, operating margins and discount rate assumptions used to evaluate the impact that changes in these assumptions have on management’s conclusion.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

New York, New York

September 6, 2024

74

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Catalent, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Catalent, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2024, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described in the following paragraphs on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2024, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. Management has identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to inventory costing and valuation at the Bloomington, Indiana facility.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended June 30, 2024. The material weakness identified above was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the June 30, 2024 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated September 6, 2024, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Other information

75

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s plan to remediate material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to inventory costing and valuation.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

New York, New York

September 6, 2024

76

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Catalent, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Catalent, Inc. (the Company) as of June 30, 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2023, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 30, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2007 to 2024.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Iselin, New Jersey

December 8, 2023

77

Catalent, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	289	$	280
Trade receivables, net of allowance for credit losses of $23 and $46, respectively	921		1,002
Inventories	574		777
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	813		633
Total current assets	2,597		2,692
Property, plant, and equipment, net	3,643		3,682
Other assets:
Goodwill	2,333		3,039
Other intangibles, net	841		980
Deferred income taxes	7		55
Other long-term assets	332		329
Total assets	$	9,753	$	10,777
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings	$	48	$	536
Accounts payable	361		424
Other accrued liabilities	622		570
Total current liabilities	1,031		1,530
Long-term obligations, less current portion	4,857		4,313
Pension liability	95		100
Deferred income taxes	5		76
Other long-term liabilities	161		147
Total liabilities	6,149		6,166
Commitment and contingencies (see Note 17)
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1 billion shares authorized at June 30, 2024 and 2023; 181 million and 180 million shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively	2		2
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 100 million shares authorized at June 30, 2024 and 2023; 0 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2024 and 2023	—		—
Additional paid in capital	4,787		4,701
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings	(781)		262
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(404)		(354)
Total shareholders’ equity	3,604		4,611
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	9,753	$	10,777

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

78

Catalent, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

 

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2024		2023		2022
Net revenue	$	4,381	$	4,263	$	4,802
Cost of sales	3,428		3,223		3,188
Gross margin	953		1,040		1,614
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	935		829		844
Gain on sale of subsidiary	—		—		(1)
Goodwill impairment charges	687		210		—
Other operating expense	80		164		41
Operating (loss) earnings	(749)		(163)		730
Interest expense, net	254		186		123
Other expense (income), net	24		(7)		28
(Loss) earnings before income taxes	(1,027)		(342)		579
Income tax expense (benefit)	16		(86)		80
Net (loss) earnings	(1,043)		(256)		499
Less: Net earnings attributable to preferred shareholders	—		—		(16)
Net (loss) earnings attributable to common shareholders	$	(1,043)	$	(256)	$	483
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic
Net (loss) earnings	$	(5.76)	$	(1.42)	$	2.74
Diluted
Net (loss) earnings	$	(5.76)	$	(1.42)	$	2.73

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

79

Catalent, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(Dollars in millions)

 

	Fiscal year ended June 30,
	2024		2023		2022
Net (loss) earnings	$	(1,043)	$	(256)	$	499
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(32)		32		(110)
Defined benefit pension plan	4		(14)		9
Net change in marketable securities	—		4		(3)
Derivatives and hedges	(22)		18		27
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax	(50)		40		(77)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(1,093)	$	(216)	$	422

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

80

Catalent, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(Dollars in millions, except share data in thousands)

Columns may not foot due to rounding	Shares of Common Stock	Common Stock		Additional Paid in Capital		Accumulated Earnings (Deficit)		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss		Total Shareholders’ Equity		Redeemable Preferred Stock
Balance at June 30, 2021	170,549	$	2	$	4,205	$	25	$	(317)	$	3,915	$	359
Share issuances related to stock-based compensation	935	—		—		—		—		—		—
Conversion of redeemable preferred stock	7,818	—		362		—		—		362		(359)
Stock-based compensation	—	—		54		—		—		54		—
Cash paid, in lieu of equity, for tax withholding	—	—		(10)		—		—		(10)		—
Exercise of stock options	—	—		26		—		—		26		—
Employee stock purchase plan	—	—		12		—		—		12		—
Preferred dividend ($12.50 per share of redeemable preferred stock)	—	—		—		(6)		—		(6)		—
Net earnings	—	—		—		499		—		499		—
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	—	—		—		—		(77)		(77)		—
Balance at June 30, 2022	179,302	2		4,649		518		(394)		4,775		—
Share issuances related to stock-based compensation	971	—		—		—		—		—		—
Stock-based compensation	—	—		35		—		—		35		—
Exercise of stock options	—	—		4		—		—		4		—
Employee stock purchase plan	—	—		13		—		—		13		—
Net loss	—	—		—		(256)		—		(256)		—
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	—	—		—		—		40		40		—
Balance at June 30, 2023	180,273	2		4,701		262		(354)		4,611		—
Share issuances related to stock-based compensation	725	—		—		—		—		—		—
Stock-based compensation	—	—		68		—		—		68		—
Exercise of stock options	—	—		9		—		—		9		—
Employee stock purchase plan	—	—		9		—		—		9		—
Net loss	—	—		—		(1,043)		—		(1,043)		—
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	—	—		—		—		(50)		(50)		—
Balance at June 30, 2024	180,998	$	2	$	4,787	$	(781)	$	(404)	$	3,604	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

81

Catalent, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in millions)

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2024		2023		2022
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) earnings	$	(1,043)	$	(256)	$	499
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) earnings to net cash from operations:
Depreciation and amortization	489		422		378
Goodwill impairment charges	687		210		—
Non-cash foreign currency transaction (gain) loss, net	13		(9)		30
Amortization of debt financing costs	14		8		7
Non-cash restructuring charges	7		18		—
Impairment charges and loss/gain on sale of assets, net	29		98		31
Stock-based compensation	68		35		54
(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes	(28)		(127)		9
Provision for bad debts and inventory	82		143		17
Pension settlement charges	12		—		—
Other operating activities	—		—		1
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables	79		53		(73)
Decrease (increase) in inventories	109		(192)		(128)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable	(84)		(21)		37
Other assets/accrued liabilities, net - current and non-current	(166)		(128)		(423)
Net cash provided by operating activities	268		254		439
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of property and equipment	(327)		(576)		(660)
Proceeds from maturity (purchases) of marketable securities	—		89		(20)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	1		8		—
Settlement on sale of subsidiaries	—		—		(3)
Payment for acquisitions, net of cash acquired	—		(474)		(1,199)
Payment for investments	(1)		(2)		(2)
Net cash used in investing activities	(327)		(955)		(1,884)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings	1,200		715		1,100
Payments related to financing obligations	(1,116)		(230)		(78)
Financing fees paid	(16)		(4)		(15)
Dividends paid	—		—		(4)
Exercise of stock options	9		4		26
Cash paid, in lieu of equity, for tax withholding obligation	—		—		(10)
Other financing activities	(3)		36		12
Net cash provided by financing activities	74		521		1,031
Effect of foreign currency on cash	(6)		11		(33)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS	9		(169)		(447)
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD	280		449		896
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD	$	289	$	280	$	449
SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid	$	226	$	188	$	116
Income taxes paid, net	$	43	$	99	$	53
SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITY:
Issuance of Common Stock from partial conversion of redeemable preferred stock	$	—	$	—	$	362
Non-cash purchase of property, equipment	$	24	$	18	$	6

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

82

Catalent, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.    BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business

Catalent, Inc. (“Catalent” or the “Company”) directly and wholly owns PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC (“PTS Intermediate”). PTS Intermediate directly and wholly owns Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Operating Company”). The financial results of Catalent are primarily comprised of the financial results of Operating Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

The Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Common Stock”) trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CTLT”.

The Company provides differentiated development and manufacturing solutions for drugs, protein-based biologics, cell, and gene therapies, vaccines, and consumer health products at over fifty facilities across four continents under rigorous quality and operational standards. Its oral, injectable, and respiratory delivery technologies, along with its state-of-the-art protein, plasmid, viral, and cell and gene therapy manufacturing capacity address a wide and growing range of modalities and therapeutic and other categories across the biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer health industries.

Reportable Segments

Effective July 1, 2022, in connection with the appointment of a new President and Chief Executive Officer, the Company changed its operating structure and reorganized its executive leadership team accordingly. The current organizational structure includes two operating and reportable segments—(i) Biologics and (ii) Pharma and Consumer Health—which are summarized below.

•The Biologics segment provides development and manufacturing for biologic proteins; cell, gene, and other nucleic acid therapies; plasmid DNA (“pDNA”); induced pluripotent stem cells (“iPSCs”), and oncolytic viruses; and vaccines. It also provides formulation, development, and manufacturing for parenteral dose forms, including vials, prefilled syringes, and cartridges; analytical development and testing services for large molecules.

•The Pharma and Consumer Health segment comprises the Company’s market-leading capabilities for complex oral solids, softgel formulations, Zydis® fast-dissolve technologies, and gummy, soft chew, and lozenge dosage forms; formulation, development, and manufacturing platforms for oral, nasal, inhaled, and topical dose forms; and clinical trial development and supply services.

Each segment reports through a separate management team and ultimately reports to the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, who is designated as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) for segment reporting purposes. The Company’s operating segments are the same as its reportable segments. All prior-period comparative segment information has been recast retrospectively to reflect the current reportable segments in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, Segment Reporting, promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”).

Basis of Presentation

These financial statements include all of the Company’s subsidiaries, including those operating outside the United States (“U.S.”), and are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant transactions among the Company’s subsidiaries and reporting segments have been eliminated, other than as noted.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, including determining the transaction price and any associated constraint on variable consideration, allowance for credit losses, inventory and long-lived asset valuation, goodwill and other intangible asset valuation and impairment, equity-based compensation, income taxes, derivative valuation, and pension plan asset and liability valuation. Actual amounts may differ from these estimated amounts.

83

Reclassification

Certain prior-period amounts were reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Specifically, certain line items in prior periods were combined within the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows to conform with current year presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material impact on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial statements of the Company’s operations outside the U.S. are generally determined using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate the assets and liabilities of the foreign operations into U.S. dollars are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income utilizing period-end exchange rates. Since July 2018, the Company has accounted for its Argentine operations as highly inflationary, but this status has not had a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

The currency fluctuation related to certain long-term inter-company loans where settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future have been recorded within the cumulative translation adjustment, a component of other comprehensive income. In addition, the currency fluctuation associated with the portion of the Company’s euro-denominated debt designated as a net investment hedge is included as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are calculated using weighted average exchange rates for the period and are included in the consolidated statements of operations in “other expense, net.” Such foreign currency transaction gains and losses include inter-company loans that are repayable in the foreseeable future.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. The carrying value of these cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Allowance for Credit Losses

Trade receivables, contract assets, and other amounts owed to the Company are presented net of an allowance that includes an assessment of expected credit losses. The Company determines its allowance methodology by considering various factors, including the Company’s previous loss history, aging of customer receivable balances, significant aspects of a geographic location’s economic conditions, the current and anticipated future condition of the general economy and the industries in which the Company’s primary customers operate. To the extent that the Company identifies that any individual customer’s credit quality has deteriorated, the Company establishes allowances based on the individual risk characteristics of that customer. The Company makes concerted efforts to collect all outstanding balances due from customers; however, trade receivables and contract assets are written off against the allowance when the related balances are no longer deemed collectible.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers

Concentration of credit risk, with respect to accounts receivable, is limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across different geographic areas. The customers are primarily concentrated in the biopharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, and consumer products industries. The Company does not normally require collateral or any other security to support credit sales. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and maintains reserves for credit losses. Such losses historically have been within the Company’s expectations.

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 the Company had one customer that accounted for 16%, 10% and 10%, respectively, of its net revenue, which was primarily recorded in the Biologics segment.

As of June 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company had one customer that accounted for 34% and 20%, respectively, of its aggregate net trade receivables and contract asset values, primarily associated with the Biologics segment. After performing a risk assessment of this customer, the Company has determined that a reserve is not warranted as of June 30, 2024.

Inventories

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, using the first-in, first-out method. The Company provides for cost adjustments for excess, obsolete, or slow-moving inventory based on changes in customer demand, technology developments or other economic factors. Inventory consists of costs associated with raw material, labor, and overhead.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. Under ASC 350, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but

84

instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company performs an impairment evaluation of goodwill annually, on April 1, or when circumstances otherwise indicate an evaluation should be performed.

The evaluation may begin with a qualitative assessment for each reporting unit to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Factors considered in a qualitative assessment include, among other things, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, financial performance of the respective reporting unit, and other relevant entity and reporting-unit specific considerations. If the qualitative assessment does not generate a positive response, or if no qualitative assessment is performed, a quantitative assessment is performed and requires management to estimate future cash flows, growth rates, and macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions.

For more information regarding goodwill activity during fiscal 2022, 2023, and 2024, see Note 4, Goodwill.

Property and Equipment and Other Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, including leasehold improvements and finance lease right-of-use assets that are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of the respective leases. The Company generally uses the following range of useful lives for its property and equipment categories: buildings and improvements—5 to 50 years; machinery and equipment—3 to 10 years; and furniture and fixtures—3 to 7 years. Depreciation expense was $354 million, $286 million, and $255 million for fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Depreciation expense includes amortization of assets related to financing leases. The Company charges repairs and maintenance costs to expense as incurred. The amount of capitalized interest for fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $10 million, $24 million, and $15 million, respectively.

Intangible assets with finite lives, including customer relationships, core technology, patents, and trademarks, are amortized over their useful lives. The Company also capitalizes certain computer software and development costs in other intangibles, net, when incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer software for internal use. Capitalized software costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the software, which generally range from 3 to 5 years. The Company evaluates the recoverability of its other long-lived assets, including amortizing intangible assets, if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred pursuant to ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment. This analysis is performed by comparing the respective carrying values of the assets to the current and expected future cash flows, on an un-discounted basis, to be generated from such assets. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, the carrying value of such assets is reduced to fair value through a charge to the consolidated statements of operations. Fair value is determined based on assumptions the Company believes marketplace participants would utilize and comparable marketplace information in similar arm’s length transactions.

In conjunction with the goodwill impairment tests performed as of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2023, the Company identified indicators of impairment related to its definite-lived intangibles. The results of the analysis did not result in an impairment charge.

The Company recorded impairment charges related to definite-lived intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment of $29 million, $98 million, and $31 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Post-Retirement and Pension Plans

The Company sponsors various retirement and pension plans, including defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans. The measurement of the related benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit costs recorded each year are based upon actuarial computations, which require management’s judgment as to certain assumptions. These assumptions include the discount rates used in computing the present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit costs, the expected future rate of salary increases (for pay-related plans) and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets (for funded plans). The Company uses the corridor approach to amortize actuarial gains and losses.

The Company has elected to utilize an approach to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit cost for benefit plans that discounts the individual expected cash flows using the applicable spot rates derived from the yield curve over the projected cash flow period. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on the target asset allocation and the average expected rate of growth for the asset classes invested. The average expected rate of growth is derived from a combination of historic returns, current market indicators, and the expected risk premium for each asset class. The Company uses a measurement date of June 30 for all its retirement and postretirement benefit plans.

85

Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities, and Fair Value

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest-rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments from time to time to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the values of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings. The Company does not net any of its derivative positions under master netting arrangements.

Primarily, the Company is exposed to fluctuations in the euro-U.S. dollar exchange rate on its investments in foreign operations in Europe. While the Company does not actively hedge against changes in foreign currency, it has mitigated the exposure of investments in its European operations through a net-investment hedge by denominating a portion of its debt in euros. In addition, a portion of Operating Company’s interest payment obligation on its U.S dollar-denominated term loans is exposed to interest rate variability. The Company has mitigated its exposure to this risk by entering into interest-rate swap agreements, which qualify for and are designated as cash-flow hedges.

Fair Value

The Company is required to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value, either upon initial measurement or for subsequent accounting or reporting. The Company uses fair value extensively, including in the initial measurement of net assets acquired in a business combination and when accounting for and reporting on certain financial instruments. The Company estimates fair value using an exit price approach, which requires, among other things, that it determine the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly market. The determination of an exit price is considered from the perspective of market participants, considering the highest and best use of assets and, for liabilities, assuming the risk of non-performance will be the same before and after the transfer. A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies heavily on estimates and assumptions. When estimating fair value, depending on the nature and complexity of the assets or liability, the Company may use one or all of the following approaches:

•Market approach, which is based on market prices and other information from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

•Cost approach, which is based on the cost to acquire or construct comparable assets less an allowance for functional and/or economic obsolescence.

•Income approach, which is based on the present value of the future stream of net cash flows.

Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.

Self-Insurance

The Company is partially self-insured for certain employee health benefits and partially self-insured for property losses and casualty claims. The Company accrues for losses based upon experience and actuarial assumptions, including provisions for losses incurred but not reported.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, consists of foreign currency translation, net change in marketable securities, and defined benefit pension plan changes.

Research and Development Costs

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. Research and development costs amounted to $17 million, $18 million, and $23 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

86

Earnings Per Share

The Company reports net earnings per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Effective as of the first quarter of fiscal 2023, the Company computed earnings per share (“EPS”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Common Stock”) using the treasury stock method. Prior to fiscal 2023, the Company computed earnings (loss) per share of the Common Stock using the two-class method required due to the participating nature of the previously outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (as defined and discussed in Note 13, Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss).

Diluted earnings per common share measures the performance of the Company over the reporting period while giving effect to all potential shares of Common Stock that were dilutive and outstanding during the period. The denominator includes the weighted average over the measurement period of the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and the number of additional such shares that would have been outstanding if the shares of Common Stock that were both potentially issuable and dilutive had been issued.

Income Taxes

In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in which it operates. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to realize some or all of the deferred tax assets. The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in each of its tax jurisdictions. The number of years with open tax audits varies by tax jurisdiction. A number of years may lapse before a particular matter is audited and finally resolved. The Company applies ASC 740 to determine the accounting for uncertain tax positions. This standard prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before the Company may recognize the position in its financial statements. The standard also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, and disclosure. The Company previously elected not to reclassify the income tax effects stranded in accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Under ASC 718, companies recognize compensation expense using a fair-value-based method for costs related to share-based payments, including stock options and restricted stock units. The expense is measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards, and the expense is recorded over the applicable requisite service period. Forfeitures are recognized as and when they occur. In the absence of an observable market price for a share-based award, the fair value is based upon a valuation methodology that takes into consideration various factors, including the exercise price of the award, the expected term of the award, the current price of the underlying shares, the expected volatility of the underlying share price, the expected dividends on the underlying shares and the risk-free interest rate.

The terms of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans permit an employee holding vested stock options or restricted stock units to elect to have the Company use a portion of the shares otherwise issuable upon the employee’s exercise of the option or grant, a so-called “net settlement transaction,” as a means of paying the exercise price, meeting tax withholding requirements, or both.

New Accounting Standards Not Adopted as of June 30, 2024

In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which intends to improve disclosures regarding significant segment expenses. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The amendments should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which focuses on income tax disclosures by requiring public business entities, on an annual basis, to disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation, provide information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold, and certain information about income taxes paid. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The amendments should be applied on a prospective basis. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

87

2.    REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company generally earns its revenue by supplying goods or providing services under contracts with its customers in three primary revenue streams: manufacturing and commercial product supply, development services, and clinical supply services. The Company measures the revenue from customers based on the consideration specified in its contracts, excluding any sales incentive or amount collected on behalf of a third party, that the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for transferring the promised goods to and/or performing services for the customer (the “Transaction Price”). To the extent the Transaction Price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the Transaction Price utilizing either the expected value method or the most likely amount method, depending on which method is expected to better predict the amount of consideration to which the Company will be entitled. The value of variable consideration is included in the Transaction Price if, and to the extent, it is probable that a significant reversal of the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. These estimates are re-assessed each reporting period, as required, and any adjustment required is recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis, which would affect revenue and net income in the period of adjustment.

The Company’s customer contracts generally include provisions entitling the Company to a termination penalty when the customer terminates prior to the contract’s nominal end date. The termination penalties in customer contracts vary but are generally considered substantive for accounting purposes and create enforceable rights and obligations throughout the stated durations of the contracts. The Company accounts for a contract termination as a contract modification in the period in which the customer gives notice of termination. The determination of the contract termination penalty is based on the terms stated in the relevant customer agreement. As of the modification date, the Company updates its estimate of the Transaction Price using the expected value method, subject to constraints, and to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. These estimates are re-assessed each reporting period, as required, and any adjustment required is recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis, which would affect revenue and net income in the period of adjustment.

Where multiple performance obligations exist in a single contract, the Company allocates consideration to each performance obligation using the “relative standalone selling price” as defined under ASC 606. Generally, the Company utilizes observable standalone selling prices in its allocations of consideration. If observable standalone selling prices are not available, the Company estimates the applicable standalone selling price using a cost-plus-margin approach or an adjusted market assessment approach, in each case, representing the amount that the Company believes the market is willing to pay for the applicable service. Payment is typically due 30 to 45 days following the invoice date, based on the payment terms set forth in the applicable customer agreement.

The Company generally expenses sales commissions as incurred because either the amortization period is one year or less, or the balance with an amortization period greater than one year is not material.

Customer contracts that include commitments by the Company to make facility space or equipment available may be deemed to include lease components, which are evaluated under ASC 842, Leases. For arrangements that contain both lease and non-lease components, consideration in the contract is allocated on a relative standalone selling-price basis. Determining the lease term and contract term of non-lease components, as well as the variable and fixed consideration in these arrangements, including when variability is resolved, often requires management judgment in order to determine the allocation to the lease and non-lease components.

Manufacturing & Commercial Product Supply Revenue

Manufacturing and commercial product supply revenue consists of revenue earned by manufacturing products supplied to customers under long-term commercial supply arrangements. In these arrangements, the customer typically owns and supplies the active pharmaceutical ingredient (“API”) or other proprietary materials used in the manufacturing process. The contract generally includes the terms of the manufacturing services and related product quality assurance procedures to comply with regulatory requirements. Due to the regulated nature of the Company’s business, these contract terms are highly interdependent and, therefore, are considered to be a single combined performance obligation. The transaction price is generally stated in the agreement as a fixed price per unit, with no contractual provision for a refund or price concession. In most circumstances, control is transferred to the customer over time, creating a corresponding right to recognize the related revenue, because there is no alternative use to the Company for the asset created and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed as of that date. The selection of the method for measuring progress towards the completion of the Company’s performance obligation requires judgment and is based on the nature of the products to be manufactured. For the majority of the Company’s arrangements, progress is measured based on the units of product that have successfully completed the contractually required product quality assurance process, because the conclusion of that process defines the time when the applicable contract and the related regulatory requirements permit the customer to exercise control over the product’s

88

disposition. The customer is typically responsible for arranging the shipping and handling of product following completion of the quality assurance process. Payment is typically due 30 to 45 days after invoice date, based on the payment terms set forth in the applicable customer agreement.

Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2023, the Company began recognizing commercial revenue for certain contracts in its Biologics segment that have a notably long manufacturing cycle, and for which the customer exercises control over the product throughout the manufacturing process. For these contracts, revenue is recognized over time and progress is measured using an input method based on effort expended, which provides an appropriate depiction of the Company’s progress toward fulfilling its performance obligation.

Development Services and Clinical Supply Revenue

Development services contracts generally take the form of short-term, fee-for-service arrangements. Performance obligations vary, but frequently include biologic cell-line development, performing formulation, analytical stability, or other services related to product development, and providing manufacturing services for products that are under development or otherwise not intended for commercial sale. They can also include a combination of the following services: the manufacturing, packaging, storage, distribution, destruction, and inventory management of customer clinical trial material, as well as the sourcing of comparator drug products on behalf of customers to be used in clinical trials to compare performance with the drug under clinical investigation. The transaction prices for these arrangements are fixed and include amounts stated in the contracts for each promised service, and each service is generally considered to be a separate performance obligation. In most instances, the Company recognizes revenue over time because there is no alternative use to the Company for the asset created and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed as of that date.

The Company measures progress toward the completion of its performance obligations satisfied over time based on the nature of the services to be performed. For certain types of arrangements, revenue is recognized over time and measured using an output method based on the completion of tasks and activities that are performed to satisfy a performance obligation. For certain types of arrangements, revenue is recognized over time and measured using an input method based on effort expended. Each of these methods provides an appropriate depiction of the Company’s progress toward fulfilling its performance obligations for its respective arrangement. In certain arrangements that require a portion of the contract consideration to be received in advance at the commencement of the contract, such advance payment is initially recorded as a contract liability. In certain clinical supply arrangements, revenue is recognized at the point in time when control transfers, which occurs upon either the delivery of the related output of the service to the customer or the completion of quality testing with respect to the product, and the Company has an enforceable right to payment based on the terms of the arrangement.

The Company records revenue for comparator sourcing arrangements on a net basis because it is acting as an agent that does not control the product or service before it is transferred to the customer. Payment for comparator sourcing activity is typically received in advance at the commencement of the contract and is initially recorded as a contract liability.

The Company generally expenses sales commissions as incurred because either the amortization period is one year or less, or the balance with an amortization period greater than one year is not material.

89

The following tables reflect net revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 by type of activity and reporting segment (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2024	Biologics		Pharma and Consumer Health		Total
Manufacturing & commercial product supply	$	1,151	$	1,577	$	2,728
Development services & clinical supply	801		854		1,655
Total	$	1,952	$	2,431	$	4,383
Inter-segment revenue elimination					(2)
Combined net revenue					$	4,381

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2023	Biologics		Pharma and Consumer Health		Total
Manufacturing & commercial product supply	$	450	$	1,452	$	1,902
Development services & clinical supply	1,528		835		2,363
Total	$	1,978	$	2,287	$	4,265
Inter-segment revenue elimination					(2)
Combined net revenue					$	4,263

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2022	Biologics		Pharma and Consumer Health		Total
Manufacturing & commercial product supply	$	608	$	1,474	$	2,082
Development services & clinical supply	1,926		797		2,723
Total	$	2,534	$	2,271	$	4,805
Inter-segment revenue elimination					(3)
Combined net revenue					$	4,802

The following table reflects net revenue by the location where the goods were made or the service performed:

(Dollars in millions)	Fiscal Year Ended  June 30, 2024		Fiscal Year Ended  June 30, 2023		Fiscal Year Ended  June 30, 2022
United States	$	2,823	$	2,768	$	3,084
Europe	1,359		1,257		1,506
Other	356		355		327
Elimination of revenue attributable to multiple locations	(157)		(117)		(115)
Total	$	4,381	$	4,263	$	4,802

Contract Liabilities

Contract liabilities relate to cash consideration that the Company receives in advance of satisfying the related performance obligations. The contract liabilities balances (current and non-current) as of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023 were as follows:

(Dollars in millions)
Balance at June 30, 2023	$	180
Balance at June 30, 2024	$	255
Revenue recognized in the period from amounts included in contracts liability at the beginning of the period:	$	(145)

Contract liabilities that will be recognized within 12 months of June 30, 2024 are accounted for in Other accrued liabilities and those that will be recognized longer than 12 months after June 30, 2024 are accounted for within Other liabilities.

90

Contract Assets

Contract assets primarily relate to the Company’s conditional right to receive consideration for services that have been performed for customers but had not yet been invoiced as of June 30, 2024. Contract assets are transferred to trade receivables, net when the Company’s right to receive the consideration becomes unconditional. Contract assets totaled $602 million and $417 million as of June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Contract assets expected to transfer to trade receivables within 12 months are accounted for within Prepaid expenses and other. Contract assets expected to transfer to trade receivables after 12 months are accounted for within Other long-term assets.

Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations represent firm orders for future development services as well as manufacturing and commercial product supply, including minimum volume commitments, for which there are incomplete performance obligations for work not yet completed under executed contracts. Remaining performance obligations as of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023 were $618 million and $335 million, respectively. The Company expects to recognize approximately 50% of the remaining performance obligations in existence as of June 30, 2024 after June 30, 2025.

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND DIVESTITURES

RheinCell Therapeutics GmbH Acquisition

In August 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interest in RheinCell Therapeutics GmbH (“RheinCell”) for $26 million, net of cash acquired. RheinCell was a developer and manufacturer of clinical- and cGMP-grade iPSCs based in Lagenfeld, Germany. The operations became part of the Company’s Biologics segment and built on its existing custom cell therapy process development and manufacturing capabilities with proprietary cGMP cell lines for iPSC-based therapies.

The Company accounted for the RheinCell transaction using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The Company funded the entire purchase price with cash on hand and allocated the purchase price among the assets acquired, recognizing $4 million of current liabilities, $1 million of other liabilities, $14 million of intangible assets, and goodwill of $17 million. Results of this business were not material to the Company’s statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022.

Bettera Holdings, LLC Acquisition

In October 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interest in Bettera Holdings, LLC (“Bettera Wellness”) for $1.00 billion cash. Bettera Wellness was a manufacturer of nutraceuticals and nutritional supplements in gummy, soft chew, and lozenge delivery formats and became part of the Company’s Pharma and Consumer Health segment.

The Company accounted for the Bettera Wellness transaction using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The Company estimated fair values at the date of acquisition for the allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed and allocated the purchase price among the assets acquired, recognizing $361 million of other intangibles, net, $72 million of property, plant, and equipment, $31 million of inventories, $23 million of cash and cash equivalents, $16 million of trade receivables, $17 million of net other liabilities, and goodwill of $531 million. Results of this business were not material to the Company's statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022.

The carrying value of trade receivables, inventory, and trade payables, as well as certain other current and non-current assets and liabilities, generally represented the fair value at the date of acquisition.

Property, plant, and equipment assets were valued using the cost approach, which is based on current replacement and/or reproduction cost of the related asset as new, less depreciation attributable to physical, functional, and economic factors. The Company then determined the remaining useful life based on the anticipated life of the asset and Company policy for similar assets.

Core technology intangible assets of $338 million were valued using the multi-period, excess-earnings method, a method that values the intangible asset using the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable to the intangible asset only. The significant assumptions used in developing the valuation included the estimated annual net cash flows (including application of an appropriate margin to forecasted revenue, revenue obsolescence rate, selling and marketing costs, return on working capital, contributory asset charges, and other factors), the discount rate that appropriately reflects the risk inherent in each future cash flow stream, and an assessment of the asset’s life cycle, as well as other factors. The assumptions used in the financial forecasts

91

were based on historical data, supplemented by current and anticipated growth rates, management plans, and market-comparable information. Fair-value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. The core technology intangible asset has a weighted average useful life of 10 years.

Goodwill has been allocated to the Pharma and Consumer Health segment as shown in Note 4, Goodwill. Goodwill is mainly comprised of growth from expected increases in capacity utilization and new customers. The goodwill resulting from the Bettera Wellness acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

Vaccine Manufacturing and Innovation Centre UK Limited Asset Acquisition

In April 2022, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Catalent Oxford Limited, acquired a development and manufacturing facility near Oxford, United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and certain related assets and liabilities from The Vaccine Manufacturing and Innovation Centre UK Limited for $134 million in cash, including $9 million of closing costs. The facility and related assets and liabilities became part of the Company’s Biologics segment.

The Company accounted for this transaction as an acquisition of assets in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The Company funded this acquisition with cash on hand and allocated the purchase price among the net assets acquired, recognizing $1 million of current assets, $165 million of property, plant, and equipment, $18 million of current liabilities, and $14 million of other liabilities. Results of this business were not material to the Company’s statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022.

Princeton Cell Therapy Development and Manufacturing Acquisition

In April 2022, the Company acquired a cell therapy commercial manufacturing facility and operations near Princeton, New Jersey (“Princeton”) from Erytech Pharma S.A. (“Erytech”) for $45 million in cash, subject to customary adjustments. In connection with the purchase, Erytech and the Company entered into a long-term supply agreement, under which the Company agreed to continue to manufacture and package an Erytech product at the Princeton facility. The operations and facility acquired became part of the Company’s Biologics segment.

The Company accounted for this transaction using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The Company funded this acquisition with cash on hand and allocated the purchase price among the assets acquired, recognizing $22 million of property, plant, and equipment, $10 million of other assets, $1 million of current liabilities, $10 million of other liabilities, and goodwill of $24 million. Results of this business were not material to the Company’s statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30,2023 and 2022.

Metrics Contract Services Acquisition

In October 2022, the Company acquired 100% of Metrics Contract Services (“Metrics”) from Mayne Pharma Group Limited for $474 million in cash. Metrics, based in Greenville, North Carolina, was an oral solids development and manufacturing business specializing in the manufacture of drugs containing highly potent active pharmaceutical ingredients. The operations and facility acquired became part of the Company’s Pharma and Consumer Health segment.

The Company accounted for the Metrics transaction using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The Company funded this acquisition with a portion of the proceeds of an October 2022 drawdown from its senior secured revolving credit facility. The Company estimated fair values at the date of acquisition for the allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

92

The purchase price was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	Purchase Price Allocation
Trade receivables, net	15
Inventories	5
Property, plant, and equipment	195
Other intangibles, net	52
Other, net	(12)
Goodwill	219
Total assets acquired and liabilities assumed	$	474

The carrying value of trade receivables, inventory, and trade payables, as well as certain other current and non-current assets and liabilities generally represented the fair value at the date of acquisition.

Other intangibles, net consists of customer relationships of $52 million, which were valued using the multi-period, excess-earnings method, a method that values the intangible asset using the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable to the intangible asset only. The significant assumptions used in developing the valuation included the estimated annual net cash flows (including application of an appropriate margin to forecasted revenue, selling and marketing costs, return on working capital, contributory asset charges, and other factors), the discount rate that appropriately reflects the risk inherent in each future cash flow stream, and an assessment of the asset’s life cycle, as well as other factors. The assumptions used in the financial forecasts were based on historical data, supplemented by current and anticipated growth rates, management plans, and market-comparable information. Fair-value determinations require judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. The customer relationship intangible asset has a weighted average useful life of 12 years.

Property, plant, and equipment was valued using the cost approach, which is based on current replacement and/or reproduction cost of the asset as new, less depreciation attributable to physical, functional, and economic factors. The Company then determined the remaining useful life based on the anticipated life of the asset and Company policy for similar assets.

Goodwill has been allocated to the Pharma and Consumer Health segment as shown in Note 4, Goodwill. Goodwill is mainly comprised of the growth from an expected increase in capacity utilization and potential new customers. The goodwill resulting from the Metrics acquisition is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Results of the business acquired were not material to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.

Blow-Fill-Seal Divestiture

In March 2021, the Company sold 100% of the shares of Catalent USA Woodstock, Inc. and certain related assets (collectively, the “Blow-Fill-Seal Business”) for $331 million in total consideration ($300 million in cash). The Blow-Fill-Seal Business was part of the Pharma and Consumer Health segment.

The carrying value of the net assets sold was $149 million, which included goodwill of $54 million. As a result of the sale, the Company realized a gain from divestiture of $182 million, net of transaction costs, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, the Company settled a post-closing purchase price adjustment, which resulted in a gain on sale of subsidiary of $1 million.

All consideration received was measured at its divestiture date fair value. The Company valued the total consideration received from divestiture of the Blow-Fill-Seal Business as follows:

93

(Dollars in millions)	Fair value of consideration received
Cash, gross	$	300
Note receivable (1)	47
Contingent consideration (2)	—
Other (3)	(16)
Total	$	331

(1)    The note receivable, which provides for interest at a rate of 5.0% paid in kind, had an estimated fair value of $47 million and $51 million at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2022, respectively. The fair value at divestiture date consisted of a $50 million aggregate principal amount less a $3 million discount determined using a discounted cash flow model.

(2)    The Company determined that the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration from the sale of the Blow-Fill-Seal Business at June 30, 2022 was zero, and therefore no contingent consideration was recorded at divestiture. If any contingent consideration is subsequently received, it will be recorded in the period in which it is received. The Company has elected an accounting policy to recognize increases in the carrying amount of the contingent consideration asset using the gain contingency guidance in ASC 450, Contingencies.

(3)    Other includes $8 million of transaction expenses, a working capital adjustment of $6 million, and a $2 million assumption of liabilities, resulting in net cash proceeds of $284 million.

4.    GOODWILL

The following table summarizes the changes from June 30, 2022 to June 30, 2024 in the carrying amount of goodwill in total and by reportable segment:

(Dollars in millions)	Biologics		Pharma and Consumer Health		Total
Balance at June 30, 2022	$	1,566	$	1,440	$	3,006
Additions	—		219		219
Reallocation (1)	(15)		15		—
Foreign currency translation adjustments	12		12		24
Impairment	—		(210)		(210)
Balance at June 30, 2023	1,563		1,476		3,039
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(8)		(11)		(19)
Impairment (2)	(392)		(295)		(687)
Balance at June 30, 2024	$	1,163	$	1,170	$	2,333

(1) The addition to goodwill is a result of the Metrics acquisition. For further details, see Note 3, Business Combinations and Divestitures.

(2) Accumulated goodwill impairment charges amount to $897 million as of June 30, 2024.

As part of the business reorganization discussed in Note 1, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the goodwill from the previous Biologics, Softgel and Oral Technologies, Oral and Specialty Delivery, and Clinical Supply Services segments was reallocated between the current Biologics and Pharma and Consumer Health segments.

Goodwill Impairment Charges

The Company performs an annual goodwill impairment test for each reporting unit on April 1, the measurement date and more frequently if indicators for potential impairment exist.

Fiscal Year 2024

94

During the three months ended September 30, 2023, as a result of the Consumer Health reporting unit's underperformance of recent operating results relative to expectations, the current macroeconomic conditions impacting the consumer health and biotechnology industries, and increased interest rates, the Company assessed the current and future economic outlook for its reporting units in its Pharma and Consumer Health and Biologics segments and identified indicators for impairment of the goodwill previously recorded for two of its reporting units. The evaluation began with a qualitative assessment of the Company's Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units was less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment did not indicate that it was more likely than not that the fair value exceeded the carrying value in its Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units, which led to a quantitative assessment for the corresponding reporting units.

The Company estimated the fair value of its reporting units using a combination of the income and market approaches. In performing the goodwill impairment test, the Company used a terminal revenue growth rate of 3.5% and discount rates ranging from 9% to 10% in its estimation of fair value. The evaluation performed resulted in impairment charges of $687 million with respect to the Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units. While the Company believes the assumptions it used were reasonable and commensurate with the views of a market participant, changes in key assumptions, including increasing the discount rate, lowering forecasts for revenue and operating margin or lowering the long-term growth rate could lead to further impairment.

Based on its quantitative assessment conducted as of April 1, 2024, the Company determined for each reporting unit with goodwill that its respective fair value exceeded its carrying value, and hence, there was no impairment.

Subsequent to the quantitative assessment performed as of April 1, 2024, the Company performed qualitative assessments as of June 30, 2024, which yielded no indicators of impairment. The Company assessed the current and future economic outlook for its reporting units, the Company's stock price as well as current macroeconomic conditions impacting the consumer health and biotech industries and current interest rates.

Fiscal Year 2023

The Company assessed the current and future economic outlook as of March 31, 2023 for its reporting units in its Pharma and Consumer Health and Biologics segments and identified an indicator for impairment of the goodwill previously recorded for one of the reporting units in its Pharma and Consumer Health segment. The evaluation began with a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit was less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment did not indicate that it was more likely than not that the fair value exceeded the carrying value in its Consumer Health reporting unit, which led to a quantitative assessment for each of the Company's reporting units.

The Company estimated the fair value of its reporting units using a combination of the income and market approaches. In performing the goodwill impairment test, the Company used a terminal revenue growth rate of 3.0% and discount rates ranging from 9% to 10.50% in its estimation of fair value. The evaluation performed resulted in an impairment charge of $210 million with respect to the Consumer Health reporting unit.

Subsequent to the quantitative assessment performed as of March 31, 2023, the Company performed qualitative assessments as of April 1, 2023, which yielded no indicators of impairment.

95

5.    OTHER INTANGIBLES, NET

The details of other intangible assets subject to amortization as of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023 are as follows (in millions):

June 30, 2024	Weighted Average Life	Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Value
Amortized intangibles:
Core technology	11 years	$	480	$	(205)	$	275
Customer relationships	13 years	1,076		(531)		545
Product relationships	8 years	242		(223)		19
Other	6 years	20		(18)		2
Total other intangibles		$	1,818	$	(977)	$	841

 

June 30, 2023	Weighted Average Life	Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Value
Amortized intangibles:
Core technology	11 years	$	482	$	(164)	$	318
Customer relationships	13 years	1,079		(451)		628
Product relationships	8 years	243		(216)		27
Other	5 years	24		(17)		7
Total other intangibles		$	1,828	$	(848)	$	980

Amortization expense was $135 million, $136 million, and $123 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Future amortization expense is estimated to be:

(Dollars in millions)	2025		2026		2027		2028		2029		Thereafter		Total
Amortization	$	133	$	125	$	109	$	102	$	98	$	274	$	841

6.     RESTRUCTURING COSTS

From time to time, the Company implements plans to restructure certain operations, both domestically and internationally. The restructuring plans focus on various aspects of operations, including, among others, closing and consolidating certain manufacturing operations, rationalizing headcount and aligning operations in a strategic and more cost-efficient structure. In addition, the Company may incur restructuring charges in the future in cases where a material change in the scope of operation with its business occurs. Employee-related restructuring costs consist primarily of severance costs and also include outplacement services provided to employees who have been involuntarily terminated and duplicate payroll costs during transition periods. Facility exit and other such restructuring costs consist of equipment relocation costs and costs associated with planned facility expansions and closures to streamline Company operations.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, the Company adopted plans to reduce costs, consolidate facilities, and optimize its infrastructure across the organization. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, the Company extended its restructuring efforts to reduce costs and headcount in its Biologics and Pharma and Consumer Health segments and corporate functions.

In October 2023, and in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans, the Company committed to a plan to close operations at its San Francisco facility and to transfer those operations to other sites within its network. Results for San Francisco site closure are reflected in the tables below under the Pharma and Consumer Health segment.

In connection with these restructuring plans, the Company reduced its headcount by approximately 700 employees and incurred cumulative employee-related charges of $26 million, primarily associated with cash severance programs through June 30, 2024.

96

Restructuring costs for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 were recorded in Other operating expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

The following tables summarize the restructuring costs by type of cost and reportable segment:

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2022
Restructuring costs:
Employee-related reorganization	$	26	$	38	$	9
Facility exit and other costs	13		28		1
Total restructuring costs	$	39	$	66	$	10

The following table summarizes the charges recorded within restructuring costs by segment. These amounts are excluded from Segment EBITDA as described in Note 18, Segment Information.

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2022
Restructuring costs:
Biologics	$	11	$	41	$	1
Pharma and Consumer Health	19		8		5
Non-segment (Corporate)	9		17		4
Total restructuring costs	$	39	$	66	$	10

The following tables illustrates the change in the employee separation-related liability associated with the plans.

(Dollars in millions)	Employee-related restructuring
Balance, June 30, 2023	$	19
Charges	26
Payments	(35)
Balance, June 30, 2024	$	10

97

7.    LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS AND SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Long-term obligations and short-term borrowings consist of the following at June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023:

(Dollars in millions)	Maturity as of June 30, 2024	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Senior secured credit facilities
Term loan facility B-3 (7.458% as of June 30, 2024)	February 2028	1,404		1,418
Term loan facility B-4 (8.344% as of June 30, 2024)	February 2028	598		—
Revolving credit facility	November 2027	—		500
5.000% senior notes due 2027	July 2027	500		500
2.375% euro senior notes due 2028(1)	March 2028	883		904
3.125% senior notes due 2029	February 2029	550		550
3.500% senior notes due 2030	April 2030	650		650
Financing lease obligations	2024 to 2038	332		341
Other obligations(2)	2024 to 2028	32		25
Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs		(44)		(39)
Total debt		4,905		4,849
Less: current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term      borrowings		48		536
Long-term obligations, less current portion		$	4,857	$	4,313

(1) The change in the carrying value of this euro-denominated debt was due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

(2) The increase in other obligations is associated with $15 million in proceeds from a failed sale-leaseback transaction that occurred in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Amendments to the Credit Agreement

Operating Company is the borrower under an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 20, 2014 (as subsequently amended, the “Credit Agreement”), which provides for senior secured credit facilities consisting of a term loan facility, a revolving credit facility (as amended, the “Revolving Credit Facility”), and facilities for letters of credit and swing-line short-term borrowings. All of the term loans are U.S. dollar-denominated as of June 30, 2024, and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility must be in dollars. The Credit Agreement includes customary representations by Operating Company, affirmative and negative covenants, events of default, and change of control provisions. The Credit Agreement also provides in customary fashion for (a) amortization payments with respect to, and events that may require partial or complete prepayment of, amounts borrowed under the term loan facility and (b) customary commitment fees on the unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility and customary letter of credit fees.

In November 2022, Operating Company entered into Amendment No. 7 (the “Seventh Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement, pursuant to which Operating Company (i) terminated its existing revolving credit commitments (and the related outstanding revolving borrowings) and (ii) obtained $1.10 billion aggregate amount of new revolving credit commitments, borrowing thereunder an amount equal to the previously outstanding borrowings under the terminated commitments in order to repay those commitments. The new commitments have an interest rate margin, at Operating Company’s option, based on (1) the prime rate, plus a margin ranging from 0.75%to 1.2500% based on Operating Company’s consolidated leverage ratio or (2) the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), plus 0.100%, plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% based on Operating Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility has a maturity date that is the earlier of (A) five years after November 22, 2022, and (B) the 91st day prior to the maturity of Operating Company’s 5.000% senior unsecured notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”) or any permitted refinancing thereof, if on such 91st day, any of the 2027 Notes remains outstanding.

In June 2023, Operating Company entered into Amendment No. 8 (the “Eighth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the SOFR benchmark replaced the LIBOR benchmark for determining the interest rate applicable to outstanding term loans. The Eighth Amendment includes a 0.1148% credit spread adjustment to the SOFR benchmark for loans

98

with a 1-month interest period, a 0.26161% credit spread adjustment to the SOFR benchmark for loans with a 3-month interest period and a 0.42826% credit spread adjustment to the SOFR benchmark for loans with a 6-month interest period.

On November 22, 2023, Operating Company, entered into Amendment No. 10 (the “Tenth Amendment”) to its Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 20, 2014 (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), which Tenth Amendment further extends the deadlines by which the Operating Company is required to deliver to the administrative agent (i) its audited financial statements as at the end of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, together with the auditor’s report and opinion on such audited financial statements, to January 26, 2024, and (ii) its unaudited financial statements as at the end of and for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2023 to March 13, 2024.

On December 19, 2023, Operating Company entered into Amendment No. 11 (the “Eleventh Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the Eleventh Amendment, the Operating Company incurred $600 million aggregate principal amount of U.S. dollar-denominated term B-4 loans (the “Term B-4 Loans”).The Term B-4 Loans are a new class of term loans under the Credit Agreement, with an interest rate, at Operating Company’s option, of either (i) the term SOFR rate plus 3.00% or (ii) the base rate plus 2.00%; provided, that the term SOFR rate shall not be less than 0.50%. The Term B-4 Loans have a maturity date of February 2028, quarterly amortization of principal equal to 1.00% with payments on the last business day of March, June, September, and December. The proceeds of the Term B-4 Loans, after payment of fees and expenses, were used to repay the existing Revolving Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

The Revolving Credit Facility requires compliance with a net leverage covenant when there is a 30% or more draw outstanding at a period end. As of June 30, 2024, the Company was in compliance with all material covenants under the Credit Agreement.

In addition to outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit facility, the available capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility is further reduced by the aggregate value of all outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2024, Operating Company had $1.10 billion of unutilized capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility due to $4 million of outstanding letters of credit.

5.000% Senior Notes due 2027

In June 2019, Operating Company completed a private offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Notes. The 2027 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2027 Notes were offered in the U.S to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and outside the U.S only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2027 Notes will mature on July 15, 2027 and bear interest at the rate of 5.000% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year. The proceeds of the 2027 Notes, after payment of the offering fees and expenses, were used to repay in full the borrowings under Operating Company’s then-outstanding term loans, which would otherwise have matured in May 2024.

2.375% Euro-denominated Senior Notes due 2028

In March 2020, Operating Company completed a private offering of €825 million aggregate principal amount of 2.375% Senior Notes due 2028 (the "2028 Notes"). The 2028 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2028 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2028 Notes will mature on March 1, 2028 and bear interest at the rate of 2.375% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, with the first payment on September 1, 2020. The proceeds of the 2028 Notes, after payment of the offering fees and expenses, were used to repay in full the borrowings then outstanding under Operating Company’s euro-denominated term loans, which would have matured in May 2024, and repay in full Operating Company’s euro-denominated 4.75% Senior Notes due 2024, which would otherwise have matured in December 2024, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for general corporate purposes.

3.125% Senior Notes due 2029

In February 2021, Operating Company completed a private offering of $550 million aggregate principal amount of 3.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”). The 2029 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2029 Notes will mature on February 15, 2029 and bear interest at the rate of 3.125% per annum payable semi-annually in

99

arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, with the first payment on August 15, 2021. The proceeds of the 2029 Notes, after payment of the offering fees and expenses, were used to repay in full the outstanding borrowings under Operating Company’s 4.875% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”), which would have otherwise matured in January 2026, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the remainder available for general corporate purposes.

3.500% Senior Notes due 2030

In September 2021, Operating Company completed a private offering of $650 million aggregate principal amount of 3.500% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “2030 Notes”) and together with the 2027 Notes, the 2028 Notes, and the 2029 Notes, the “Senior Notes”). The 2030 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Operating Company that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. The 2030 Notes were offered in the U.S. to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the U.S. only to non-U.S. investors pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The 2030 Notes will mature on April 1, 2030 and bear interest at the rate of 3.500% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, with the first payment on April 1, 2022. The proceeds of the 2030 Notes, after payment of the offering fees and expenses, were used to fund a portion of the consideration paid at the closing of the Bettera Wellness acquisition.

Deferred Purchase Consideration

In connection with the acquisition of Cook Pharmica LLC (now Catalent Indiana, LLC) in October 2017, $200 million of the $950 million aggregate nominal purchase price was payable in $50 million installments, on each of the first four anniversaries of the closing date. The Company made installment payments in October 2018, October 2019, and October 2020, and the final payment was made in October 2021.

Long-Term and Other Obligations

Other obligations consist primarily of finance leases for buildings and other loans for business and working capital needs. Maturities of long-term obligations, including finance leases of $332 million, and other short-term borrowings for future fiscal years are:

(Dollars in millions)	2025		2026		2027		2028		2029		Thereafter		Total
Maturities of long-term and other obligations	$	48	$	49	$	49	$	3,350	$	569	$	884	$	4,949

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs associated with the Credit Agreement (other than its Revolving Credit Facility component) and the Senior Notes are presented as a reduction to the carrying value of the related debt, while debt issuance costs associated with the Revolving Credit Facility are capitalized within other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets. All debt issuance costs are amortized over the life of the related obligation through charges to interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The unamortized total debt issuance costs, including the costs associated with the Revolving Credit Facility capitalized within Other long-term assets, were $44 million and $39 million as of June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $13 million, $8 million and $7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Guarantees and Security

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

All obligations under the Credit Agreement, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all of the following assets of Operating Company and each guarantor (Operating Company’s parent entity, PTS Intermediate, and each of Operating Company’s material domestic subsidiaries), subject to certain exceptions:

•a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of Operating Company and 100% of the equity interests directly held by Operating Company and each guarantor in any wholly owned material subsidiary of Operating Company or any guarantor (which pledge, in the case of any non-U.S. subsidiary of a U.S. subsidiary, will not include more than 65% of the voting stock of such non-U.S. subsidiary); and

•a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Operating Company and of each guarantor, subject to certain limited exceptions.

100

The Senior Notes

All obligations under the Senior Notes are general, unsecured, and subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. Each of the Senior Notes is separately guaranteed by all of Operating Company’s wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries that guarantee the senior secured credit facilities. None of the Senior Notes is guaranteed by either PTS Intermediate or the Company.

Debt Covenants

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

The Credit Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Operating Company’s (and Operating Company’s restricted subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on assets; engage in mergers and consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; repay subordinated indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make investments, loans or advances; make certain acquisitions; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; amend material agreements governing Operating Company’s subordinated indebtedness and change Operating Company’s lines of business.

Subject to certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement permits Operating Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur certain additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. None of Operating Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries nor its dormant Puerto Rico subsidiary is a guarantor of the loans.

Under the Credit Agreement, Operating Company’s ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and paying certain dividends is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “Consolidated EBITDA” in the Credit Agreement). Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the Credit Agreement, is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations.

The Senior Notes

The various indentures governing the Senior Notes (collectively, the “Indentures”) contain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Operating Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur or guarantee more debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on, repurchase, or make distributions in respect of their capital stock or make other restricted payments; make certain investments; sell certain assets; create liens; consolidate, merge, sell; or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets; enter into certain transactions with their affiliates, and designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions, limitations, and qualifications as set forth in the Indentures. The Indentures also contain customary events of default, including, but not limited to, nonpayment, breach of covenants, and payment or acceleration defaults in certain other indebtedness of Operating Company or certain of its subsidiaries. Upon an event of default, either the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of each of the then-outstanding Senior Notes or the applicable trustee under the Indentures may declare the applicable notes immediately due and payable; or in certain circumstances, the applicable notes will automatically become immediately due and payable. As of June 30, 2024, Operating Company was in compliance with all material covenants under the Indentures.

Measurement of the Estimated Fair Value of Debt

The estimated fair values of the senior secured credit facilities and Senior Notes are classified as Level 2 (see Note 10, Fair Value Measurements for a description of the method by which fair value classifications are determined) in the fair value hierarchy and are calculated by using a discounted cash flow model with market interest rate as a significant input. The carrying amounts and the estimated fair values of financial instruments as of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023 are as follows:

101

		June 30, 2024				June 30, 2023
(Dollars in millions)	Fair Value Measurement	Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
5.000% Senior Notes due 2027	Level 2	$	500	$	498	$	500	$	482
2.375% euro Senior Notes due 2028	Level 2	883		849		904		784
3.125% Senior Notes due 2029	Level 2	550		532		550		481
3.500% senior notes due 2030	Level 2	650		627		650		566
Senior secured credit facilities & other	Level 2	2,366		2,107		2,284		2,141
Subtotal		$	4,949	$	4,613	$	4,888	$	4,454
Unamortized discount and debt issuance    costs		(44)		—		(39)		—
Total debt		$	4,905	$	4,613	$	4,849	$	4,454

8.    (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE

The weighted-average number of shares outstanding utilized in diluted EPS is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding plus the number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive instruments. Dilutive securities having an anti-dilutive effect on diluted EPS are excluded from the calculation. The dilutive effect of the securities that are issuable under the Company’s equity incentive plans (see Note 14, Stock-Based Compensation) are reflected in diluted EPS by application of the treasury stock method. Prior to fiscal 2023, the Company applied the if-converted method to compute the potentially dilutive effect of the Series A Preferred Stock. The reconciliations between basic and diluted EPS attributable to Catalent common shareholders for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 are as follows:

	Fiscal year ended June 30,
(In millions, except per share data)	2024		2023		2022
Net (loss) earnings	$	(1,043)	$	(256)	$	499
Less: Net earnings attributable to preferred shareholders	—		—		(16)
Net (loss) earnings attributable to common shareholders	$	(1,043)	$	(256)	$	483
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic	181		181		176
Weighted average dilutive securities issuable - stock plans	—		—		2
Total weighted average shares outstanding – diluted	181		181		178
(Loss) earnings per share:
Basic	$	(5.76)	$	(1.42)	$	2.74
Diluted	$	(5.76)	$	(1.42)	$	2.73

The Series A Preferred Stock was deemed a participating security, meaning that it had the right to participate in undistributed earnings with the Common Stock. On November 23, 2020 (the “Partial Conversion Date”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock converted 265,223 shares and $2 million of unpaid accrued dividends into shares of Common Stock. On November 18, 2021 (the “Final Conversion Date”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock converted the remaining 384,777 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and $2 million of unpaid accrued dividends into shares of Common Stock.

The diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 did not include the following weighted average number of shares of Common Stock associated with the formerly outstanding Series A Preferred Stock or the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock associated with outstanding equity grants due to their antidilutive effect:

	Fiscal year ended June 30,
(share counts in millions)	2024	2023	2022
Series A Preferred Stock	—	—	3

102

9.    DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the currency exchange rates applicable to its investments in foreign operations. While the Company does not actively hedge against changes in foreign currency, the Company has mitigated the exposure arising from its investments in its European operations by denominating a portion of its Senior Notes in euros, the functional currency of such European operations. At June 30, 2024, the Company had euro-denominated debt outstanding of $883 million (U.S. dollar equivalent), which qualifies as a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. For non-derivatives designated and qualifying as net investment hedges, the effective portion of the translation gains or losses are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. The unhedged portions of the translation gains or losses are reported in the consolidated statements of operations. The following table includes net investment hedge activity during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively:

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss) within other comprehensive income	$	21	$	(30)

The net accumulated gain of this net investment hedge within accumulated other comprehensive loss was $119 million as of June 30, 2024. Amounts are reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings when the entity in which the gains and losses reside is either sold or substantially liquidated.

Interest-Rate Swap

In February 2021, the Company entered into a new interest-rate swap agreement with Bank of America N.A. (the “2021 Rate Swap”) that acted as a hedge against the economic effect of a portion of the variable-interest obligation associated with the Company’s U.S. dollar-denominated term loans under its senior secured credit facilities. The 2021 Rate Swap effectively fixed the rate of interest payable on that portion of the term loans, thereby reducing the impact of future interest rate changes on future interest expense. As a result of the 2021 Rate Swap, the variable portion of the applicable interest rate on $500 million of the U.S. dollar-denominated term loans was effectively fixed at 0.9985%.

To conform with the adoption of Topic 848, Reference Rate Reform and the Eighth Amendment, the Company amended the 2021 Rate Swap in June 2023 (the “2023 Rate Swap”). The 2023 Rate Swap continues to effectively fix the rate of interest payable on the same portion of our U.S. dollar-denominated term loans under our senior secured credit facilities. As a result of the 2023 Rate Swap, the variable portion of the applicable interest rate on $500 million of the U.S. dollar-denominated term loans is now effectively fixed at 0.9431%. The net amount of deferred losses on cash flow hedges that is expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense, net within the next twelve months is not material.

The 2023 Rate Swap continues to qualify for a cash-flow hedge. The Company evaluates hedge effectiveness at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. The cash flows associated with the 2023 Rate Swap amendment is reported in cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The unrealized loss recorded in stockholder’s equity from marking the 2023 Rate Swap to market during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 was $26 million.

A summary of the estimated fair value of the interest-rate swap reported in the consolidated balance sheets is stated in the table below:

	June 30, 2024			June 30, 2023
(in millions)	Balance Sheet Classification	Estimated Fair Value		Balance Sheet Classification	Estimated Fair Value
Interest-rate swap	Other long-term assets	$	36	Other long-term assets	$	62

103

10.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement defines fair value as the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability. Fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value should maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. To measure fair value, the Company uses the following fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which Level 1 and Level 2 are considered observable and Level 3 is considered unobservable:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques and also includes instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses of the Company approximate fair value based on the short maturities of these instruments.

The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level of classification as of the end of each reporting period. The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the fair value measurement for such assets and liabilities at June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively:

(Dollars in millions)	Basis of Fair Value Measurement
June 30, 2024	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Interest-rate swap	$	36	$	—	$	36	$	—
Trading securities	$	1	$	1	$	—	$	—
June 30, 2023
Assets:
Interest-rate swap	$	62	$	—	$	62	$	—
Trading securities	$	1	$	1	$	—	$	—

The fair value of the 2023 Rate Swap was determined at the end of each reporting period based on valuation models that use interest rate yield curves and discount rates as inputs. The discount rates are based on U.S. deposit or U.S. Treasury rates. The significant inputs used in the valuation models are readily available in public markets or can be derived from observable market transactions, and the valuation is therefore classified as Level 2 in the fair-value hierarchy.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Long-lived assets, goodwill, and other intangible assets are subject to non-recurring fair value measurement for the evaluation of potential impairment. Except as noted in Note 4, Goodwill, there was no non-recurring fair value measurement during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022.

104

11.    INCOME TAXES

Earnings (loss) before income taxes are as follows for fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022:

	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2022
U.S. operations	$	(1,158)	$	(410)	$	224
Non-U.S. operations	131		68		355
Total	$	(1,027)	$	(342)	$	579

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022:

	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2022
Current:
Federal	$	—	$	(1)	$	(8)
State and local	(5)		(1)		14
Non-U.S.	48		43		66
Total current expense	$	43	$	41	$	72
Deferred:
Federal	$	(15)	$	(99)	$	6
State and local	(11)		(4)		(5)
Non-U.S.	(1)		(24)		7
Total deferred (benefit) expense	$	(27)	$	(127)	$	8
Total provision (benefit)	$	16	$	(86)	$	80

A reconciliation of the provision starting from the tax computed at the federal statutory income tax rate to the tax computed at the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows for the fiscal years ended 2024, 2023, and 2022:

 

	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2022
Provision at U.S. federal statutory tax rate	$	(216)	$	(72)	$	122
State and local income taxes	(44)		(13)		10
Foreign tax rate differential	(7)		(5)		(28)
Global intangible low tax income	11		2		6
Goodwill impairment	80		9		—
Other permanent items	25		4		2
Unrecognized tax positions	—		(1)		1
Tax valuation allowance	160		5		94
Foreign tax credit	1		(30)		(43)
Withholding tax and other foreign taxes	3		1		1
Change in tax rate	1		18		1
R&D tax credit	(4)		(3)		(2)
Swiss tax reform	—		—		(83)
Other	6		(1)		(1)
Total provision (benefit)	$	16	$	(86)	$	80

105

The income tax provision for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 is not comparable to the provision in the prior year due to changes in the geographic mix of pretax income and losses, changes in the tax impact of permanent differences and credits, and the tax impact of discrete items. The global pretax loss was largely driven by the $687 million goodwill impairment loss in the Consumer Health and BioModalities reporting units. However, the expected benefit from such a loss was not realized, as the majority of the goodwill impairment was not tax deductible. In addition, the establishment of valuation allowances against the U.S. Federal and state deferred tax assets and income tax expense reported by the Company’s profitable non-U.S. reporting entities further reduced the expected benefit. In contrast, the higher effective tax rate on the fiscal 2023 global loss is primarily due to the recognition of research and development credits in the U.S., the recognition of deferred tax assets on the book impairment of tax deductible goodwill, and decreased earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions with lower tax rates.

The Company intends to repatriate foreign earnings taxed in prior fiscal years as a result of the changes imposed by the 2017 U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. In addition to these foreign earnings previously taxed, as of June 30, 2024, for purposes of ASC 740-10-25-3, the Company had $568 million of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries that it intends to reinvest permanently in its non-U.S. operations. As these ASC 740-10-25-3 earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no tax provision has been accrued. It is not feasible to estimate the amount of tax that might be payable on the eventual remittance of such earnings.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for tax purposes. The components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows at June 30, 2024 and 2023:

	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023
Deferred income tax assets:
Accrued liabilities	$	70	$	57
Equity compensation	18		13
Loss and tax credit carryforwards	293		287
Foreign currency	3		3
Pension	18		19
Interest-related	101		50
Intangible	6		—
Lease liabilities	37		38
Euro-denominated debt	—		1
Other	—		1
Total deferred income tax assets	$	546	$	469
Valuation allowance	(315)		(159)
Net deferred income tax assets	$	231	$	310
	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Euro-denominated debt	$	(4)	$	—
Property-related	(205)		(247)
Goodwill and other intangibles	—		(71)
Deferred revenue	(2)		—
Right-of-use assets	(16)		(13)
Other	(2)		—
Total deferred income tax liabilities	$	(229)	$	(331)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	2	$	(21)

106

Deferred tax assets and liabilities in the preceding table are in the following captions in the consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2024 and 2023:

	Fiscal Year Ended    June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023
Non-current deferred tax asset	$	7	$	55
Non-current deferred tax liability	(5)		(76)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	2	$	(21)

At June 30, 2024, the Company had federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $546 million, $225 million of which are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). The majority of the $225 million federal NOL carryforwards subject to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code are attributed to the Company’s acquisitions of Pharmatek Laboratories, Inc., Juniper Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Paragon Bioservices, Inc., MastherCell Global Inc. (“MaSTherCell”), and Metrics. As of June 30, 2024, $493 million of the Company’s federal NOL carryforwards have an indefinite life and the remaining NOL carryforwards will expire in fiscal years 2028 through 2038.

At June 30, 2024, the Company had state tax NOL carryforwards of $461 million. Substantially all state NOL carryforwards have a twenty-year carryforward period. At June 30, 2024, the Company had non-U.S. tax NOL carryforwards of $364 million, a majority of which are available for at least three years or have an indefinite carryforward period.

The Company had valuation allowances of $315 million and $159 million as of June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively, against its deferred tax assets. The Company considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance against tax assets. Four possible sources of taxable income were evaluated when assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets:

•carrybacks of existing NOLs and other tax credits (if and to the extent permitted under the tax law);

•future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;

•tax planning strategies; and

•future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards.

The Company considered the need to establish a valuation allowance on its U.S. Federal deferred tax assets during FY24 based on an assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the Company would realize the value of these deferred tax assets based on future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences within the carryforward period available under the applicable U.S. Federal income tax laws. In addition to this quantitative analysis, it also considered certain qualitative factors including the history of recent domestic losses which were largely impacted by several asset impairments including the $687 million goodwill impairment. Management concluded that a valuation allowance of $117 million was required on its U.S. Federal net deferred tax assets of $97 million as of June 30, 2024. The valuation allowance in excess of the net deferred tax assets is the result of statutory limitations on the utilization of certain carryforward attributes.

The Company also considered the need for a valuation allowance on its U.S. state net deferred tax assets. Similar to the U.S. Federal analysis, it was based on an assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the Company would realize the value of these state deferred tax assets based on future reversals of existing state taxable temporary differences within the carryforward period available under the applicable state tax laws. In addition, factors such as the anticipated loss utilization rates in separate filing status states and the difference in the rules related to allocated and apportioned income for separate filing status states versus combined filing status states was also considered. Management concluded that a state valuation allowance of $50 million was required on its state net deferred tax assets of $37 million as of June 30, 2024. Similar to the U.S. Federal results, the state valuation allowance is in excess of the net deferred tax assets.

The Company also considered whether it is more likely than not that it would realize the value of its international deferred tax assets based on future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences within the carryforward period available under the applicable tax laws. The Company identified several of its international reporting entities that had both current and historical losses and net deferred tax asset balances. In addition to the aforementioned quantitative analysis, other factors including certain unique operational challenges faced by these reporting entities were also considered. Management concluded that a valuation allowance of $148 million was required on its international net deferred tax assets of $183 million.

In the normal course of business, the Company’s income taxes are subject to audits by federal, state, and foreign tax authorities, some of which are ongoing and may result in proposed assessments. Germany and the U.K. are among the jurisdictions where the Company has substantial tax positions. The Company is no longer subject to examinations by the

107

relevant tax authorities for years prior to fiscal 2009. The Company’s estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. The Company assesses its income tax positions and records benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company records the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon resolution with the taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information based on the technical merit. Interest and penalties are accrued, where applicable.

As of June 30, 2024, the Company had a total of $4 million of unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest, as of June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 is as follows:

(Dollars in millions)
Balance at June 30, 2021	$	5
Additions for tax positions related to the current year	1
Additions for tax positions of prior years	1
Settlements	(1)
Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations	(1)
Balance at June 30, 2022	$	5
Additions for tax positions of prior years	2
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(1)
Settlements	(1)
Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations	(1)
Balance at June 30, 2023	$	4
Additions for tax positions of prior years	1
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(1)
Balance at June 30, 2024	$	4

All of the unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2024 and 2023 would, if subsequently recognized, favorably affect the effective income tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2024, the Company has $0 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions, with a reduction from the prior year, as a result of statute of limitations lapses and settlements. The Company had $0 million and $1 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

12.    EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors various retirement plans, including defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans. Substantially all of the Company’s domestic non-union employees are eligible to participate in employer-sponsored retirement savings plans, which include plans created under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that provide for the Company to match a portion of contributions by participating U.S. employees. The Company’s contributions to the plans are discretionary but are subject to certain minimum requirements as specified in the plans. The Company uses a measurement date of June 30 for all of its retirement and postretirement benefit plans.

The Company records obligations related to its withdrawal from two multi-employer pension plan that covered former employees at three former sites. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, the Company decided to withdraw its participation from a multi-employer pension plan as a result of recent restructuring activities in its Pharma and Consumer Health segment. These withdrawals were classified as a mass withdrawal under the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, as amended, and the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and resulted in the recognition of liabilities associated with the Company’s long-term obligations. The estimated discounted value of the contributions related to these plans is $44 million and $38 million as of June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The annual cash impact associated with the Company’s long-term obligation arising from these plans are $2 million per year.

In the twelve months ended June 30, 2024, the Company terminated its U.S. pension plan and settled with its participants by a lump sum payout or through the purchase of an annuity contract, which was dependent upon the participant’s selection of payment. The Company purchased nonparticipating annuities for participants who did not elect lump sum payouts.

Participants who elected a lump sum payout were settled during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 and resulted in $7 million of lump sum payments made with cash from the assets of the qualified pension plan. Participants who elected an

108

annuity contract were settled during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 and resulted in $21 million of payments with cash from the assets of the qualified pension plan and $3 million of Company cash.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the defined benefit retirement and other retirement plans, excluding the multi-employer pension plan liability:

	Retirement Benefits				Other Post-Retirement Benefits
	June 30,				June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2024		2023
Accumulated Benefit Obligation	$	206	$	242	$	1	$	2
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	246		268		2		2
Company service cost	3		3		—		—
Interest cost	11		9		—		—
Employee contributions	1		1		—		—
Settlements	(36)		(4)		—		—
Benefits paid	(11)		(10)		—		—
Actuarial gain	1		(28)		—		—
Exchange rate gain (loss)	(4)		7		—		—
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	211	$	246	$	2	$	2
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	202		240		—		—
Actual return on plan assets	3		(38)		—		—
Company contributions	11		7		—		—
Employee contributions	1		1		—		—
Settlements	(36)		(4)		—		—
Benefits paid	(11)		(10)		—		—
Exchange rate gain (loss)	(2)		6		—		—
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	168	$	202	$	—	$	—
Funded Status
Funded status at end of year	(43)		(44)		(1)		(2)
Net pension liability	$	(43)	$	(44)	$	(1)	$	(2)

The following table provides a reconciliation of the net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:

109

110

	Retirement Benefits				Other Post-Retirement Benefits
	June 30,				June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2024		2023
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
Noncurrent assets	$	13	$	18	$	—	$	—
Current liabilities	(1)		(1)		—		—
Noncurrent liabilities	(55)		(61)		(1)		(2)
Total liability	(43)		(44)		(1)		(2)
Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Prior service cost	(1)		(1)		—		—
Net loss (gain)	58		66		(1)		(1)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) at the end of the fiscal year	57		65		(1)		(1)
Additional Information for Plan with ABO or PBO in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	93		129		1		2
Accumulated benefit obligation	89		126		1		2
Fair value of plan assets	37		68		—		—
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost	3		3		—		—
Interest cost	11		9		—		—
Expected return on plan assets	(9)		(9)		—		—
Amortization of unrecognized:
Net loss	2		1		—		—
Settlement/curtailment expense	12		1		—		—
Net periodic benefit cost	$	19	$	5	$	—	$	—

111

 

	Retirement Benefits						Other Post-Retirement Benefits
	June 30,						June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024			2023			2024			2023
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain) arising during the year	$	6		$	17		$	—		$	—
Exchange rate loss recognized during the year	(14)			—			—			—
Total recognized in other comprehensive income	$	(8)		$	17		$	—		$	—
Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income	$	11		$	22		$	—		$	—
Estimated Amounts to be Amortized from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Amortization of:
Net loss	$	2		$	2		$	—		$	—
Financial Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations at the Balance Sheet Date
Discount rate (%)	4.3		%	4.3		%	5.0		%	4.7		%
Rate of compensation increases (%)	2.7		%	2.7		%	n/a			n/a
Financial Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Financial Year
Discount rate (%)	4.3		%	3.6		%	4.7		%	4.0		%
Rate of compensation increases (%)	2.7		%	2.7		%	n/a			n/a
Expected long-term rate of return (%)	4.3		%	3.9		%	n/a			n/a
Expected Future Contributions
Fiscal year 2025	$	4		$	8		$	—		$	—

112

	Retirement Benefits						Other Post-Retirement Benefits
	June 30,						June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024			2023			2024			2023
Expected Future Benefit Payments
Financial year
2025	$	12		$	14		$	—		$	—
2026	13			15			—			—
2027	12			16			—			—
2028	12			15			—			—
2029	13			15			—			—
2030-2034	71			84			1			1
Actual Asset Allocation (%)
Cash	1.0		%	4.5		%	—		%	—		%
Equities	2.9		%	2.9		%	—		%	—		%
Government bonds	37.7		%	36.8		%	—		%	—		%
Corporate bonds	16.8		%	16.2		%	—		%	—		%
Property	4.5		%	3.3		%	—		%	—		%
Insurance contracts	16.6		%	14.9		%	—		%	—		%
Other	20.5		%	21.4		%	—		%	—		%
Total	100.0		%	100.0		%	—		%	—		%
Actual Asset Allocation (Amount)
Cash	$	2		$	9		$	—		$	—
Equities	5			6			—			—
Government bonds	63			74			—			—
Corporate bonds	28			33			—			—
Property	8			7			—			—
Insurance contracts	28			30			—			—
Other	34			43			—			—
Total	$	168		$	202		$	—		$	—
Target Asset Allocation (%)
Cash	1.0		%	4.5		%	—		%	—		%
Equities	2.9		%	2.9		%	—		%	—		%
Government bonds	37.7		%	36.8		%	—		%	—		%
Corporate bonds	16.8		%	16.2		%	—		%	—		%
Property	4.5		%	3.3		%	—		%	—		%
Insurance contracts	16.6		%	14.9		%	—		%	—		%
Other	20.5		%	21.4		%	—		%	—		%
Total	100.0		%	100.0		%	—		%	—		%

The Company’s Investment Committee employs a building-block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets, with proper consideration of diversification and rebalancing. Historical markets are studied and long-term historical relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. Peer data are reviewed to check for reasonability and appropriateness.

113

Plan assets are recognized and measured at fair value in accordance with the accounting standards regarding fair value measurements. The following are valuation techniques used to determine the fair value of each major category of assets:

•Short-term investments, equity securities, fixed-income securities, and real estate are valued using quoted market prices or other valuation methods, and thus are classified within Level 1 or Level 2.

•Insurance contracts and other types of investments include investments with some observable and unobservable prices that are adjusted by cash contributions and distributions, and thus are classified within Level 2 or Level 3.

The following tables provide a summary of plan assets that are measured at fair value as of June 30, 2024 and 2023, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall:

As of June 30, 2024 (dollars in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Investments Measured at Net Asset Value		Total Assets
Equity securities	$	—	$	5	$	—	$	—	$	5
Debt securities	—		91		—		—		91
Real estate	—		3		2		—		5
Other (1)	—		42		25		—		67
Total	$	—	$	141	$	27	$	—	$	168

(1) Other, as of June 30, 2024, included $12 million of investments in hedge funds related to the Company’s U.K. pension plan, which were classified as Level 2.

 

As of June 30, 2023 (dollars in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Investments Measured at Net Asset Value		Total Assets
Equity securities	$	—	$	6	$	—	$	—	$	6
Debt securities	—		107		—		—		107
Real estate	—		5		2		—		7
Other (1)	—		57		25		—		82
Total	$	—	$	175	$	27	$	—	$	202

(1) Other, as of June 30, 2023, included $20 million of investments in hedge funds related to the Company’s U.K. pension plan, which were classified as Level 2.

Level 3 other assets as of June 30, 2024 and 2023 consist of an insurance contract in the U.K. to fulfill the benefit obligations for a portion of the participant benefits. The value of this commitment is determined using the same assumptions and methods used to value the pension liability of the associated plan. Level 3 other assets for the same periods also include the partial funding of a pension liability relating to current and former employees of the Company’s Eberbach, Germany facility through a Company promissory note with an annual rate of interest of 5%. The value of this commitment fluctuates due to contributions and benefit payments in addition to loan interest.

114

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of Level 3 assets as well as the changes during the period attributable to assets held and those purchases, sales, settlements, contributions, and benefits that were paid:

	Fair Value Measurement Using Significant Unobservable Inputs Total (Level 3)		Fair Value Measurement Using Significant Unobservable Inputs Insurance Contracts		Fair Value Measurement Using Significant Unobservable Inputs Other
Total (Level 3)
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning Balance at June 30, 2023	$	27	$	8	$	19
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date	1		1		—
Purchases, sales, settlements, contributions and benefits paid	(4)		(2)		(2)
Transfers in or out of Level 3, net	3		—		3
Ending Balance at June 30, 2024	$	27	$	7	$	20

The Company’s investment policy reflects the long-term nature of the plans’ funding obligations. The assets are invested to provide the opportunity for both income and growth of principal. This objective is pursued as a long-term goal designed to provide required benefits for participants without undue risk. It is expected that this objective can be achieved through a well-diversified asset portfolio. All equity investments are made within the guidelines of quality, marketability, and diversification mandated by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (for plans subject to the act) and other relevant legal requirements. Investment managers are directed to maintain equity portfolios at a risk level approximately equivalent to that of the specific benchmark established for that portfolio. Assets invested in fixed income securities and pooled fixed-income portfolios are managed actively to pursue opportunities presented by changes in interest rates, credit ratings, or maturity premiums.

	Other Post-Retirement Benefits
Assumed Healthcare Cost Trend Rates at the Balance Sheet Date	2024		2023
Healthcare cost trend rate – initial (%)
Pre-65	n/a		n/a
Post-65	5.0	%	4.8	%
Healthcare cost trend rate – ultimate (%)
Pre-65	n/a		n/a
Post-65	4.1	%	4.1	%
Year in which ultimate rates are reached
Pre-65	n/a		n/a
Post-65	2040		2040

13.    EQUITY AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Description of Capital Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1.00 billion shares of its Common Stock and 100 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. In accordance with the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each share of Common Stock has one vote, and the Common Stock votes together as a single class.

Formerly Outstanding Redeemable Preferred Stock

In May 2019, the Company designated 1 million shares of its preferred stock, par value $0.01, as its “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), pursuant to a certificate of designation of preferences, rights, and limitations and issued and sold 650,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate price of $650 million, to affiliates of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., each share having an stated value of $1,000.

Proceeds from the offering of the Series A Preferred Stock, net of stock issuance costs, were $646 million, of which $40 million was allocated to the dividend-adjustment feature at its issuance and separately accounted for as a derivative liability.

115

As described in Note 8, (Loss) Earnings per Share, on the Partial Conversion Date, holders of Series A Preferred Stock converted 265,223 shares (approximately 41% of their holdings) and $2 million of unpaid accrued dividends into shares of Common Stock. The holders received 20.33 shares of Common Stock for each converted preferred share, resulting in the issuance of 5,392,280 shares of Common Stock. The Company recognized no gain or loss upon the Partial Conversion.

On the Final Conversion Date, holders of Series A Preferred Stock converted the remaining 384,777 shares and $2 million of unpaid accrued dividends into shares of Common Stock. These holders received 20.32 shares of Common Stock for each converted share of Series A Preferred Stock, resulting in the issuance of 7,817,554 shares of Common Stock. The Company recognized no gain or loss upon the Final Conversion.

As a result of the Final Conversion, additional paid in capital increased $362 million, which included $1 million related to the fair value of the portion of the derivative liability that was settled upon the Final Conversion and $2 million related to the unpaid accrued dividend.

Following the Final Conversion Date, no share of the Series A Preferred Stock remained outstanding, and the Company re-assigned all of the authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock as undesignated shares of preferred stock.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The components of the changes in the cumulative translation adjustment, derivatives and hedges, minimum pension liability, and marketable securities for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 are presented below:

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2022
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
Net investment hedge	$	21	$	(30)	$	121
Long-term inter-company loans	1		12		(37)
Translation adjustments	(50)		43		(169)
Total foreign currency translation adjustments, pretax	(28)		25		(85)
Tax expense (benefit)	4		(7)		25
Total foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	$	(32)	$	32	$	(110)
Net change in derivatives and hedges:
Net (loss) gain recognized during the year, pretax	$	(25)	$	25	$	36
Tax (benefit) expense	(3)		7		9
Net change in derivatives and hedges, net of tax	$	(22)	$	18	$	27
Net change in minimum pension liability:
Net (loss) gain recognized during the year, pretax	$	8	$	(17)	$	13
Tax expense (benefit)	4		(3)		4
Net change in minimum pension liability, net of tax	$	4	$	(14)	$	9
Net change in marketable securities:
Net gain (loss) recognized during the year, pretax	$	—	$	5	$	(3)
Tax expense	—		1		—
Net change in marketable securities, net of tax	$	—	$	4	$	(3)

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax by component are as follows:

116

(Dollars in millions)	Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment		Pension Liability Adjustments		Derivatives and Hedges		Marketable Securities		Other		Total
Balance at June 30, 2021	$	(268)	$	(47)	$	—	$	(1)	$	(1)	$	(317)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	(110)		8		27		(3)		—		(78)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive loss	—		1		—		—		—		1
Balance at June 30, 2022	(378)		(38)		27		(4)		(1)		(394)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	32		(16)		18		—		—		34
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive loss	—		2		—		4		—		6
Balance at June 30, 2023	(346)		(52)		45		—		(1)		(354)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	(32)		2		(22)		—		—		(52)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive loss	—		2		—		—		—		2
Balance at June 30, 2024	$	(378)	$	(48)	$	23	$	—	$	(1)	$	(404)

14. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company’s stock-based compensation is comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, performance-based restricted stock units, and restricted stock.

2014 and 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plans

In 2014, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and the holder of a majority of the shares approved, the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). The 2014 Plan provided certain members of management, employees, and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries with the opportunity to obtain various incentives, including grants of stock options, restricted stock units (defined below), and restricted stock. In October 2018, the Company’s shareholders approved the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2018 Plan”), and, as a result, new awards may no longer be issued under the 2014 Plan, although it remains in effect as to any previously granted award. The 2018 Plan is substantially similar to the 2014 Plan, except that (a) a total of 13,657,302 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment) may be issued under the 2018 Plan, (b) each share of Common Stock issuable under the 2018 Plan pursuant to a restricted stock or restricted stock unit award will reduce the number of reserved shares by 1.7 shares, and (c) the 2018 Plan imposes a limit on the aggregate value of awards that may be made in a single year to a non-employee director. Both the 2014 Plan and the 2018 Plan permit “net settlement” of vested awards, pursuant to which the award holder forfeits a portion of the vested award to satisfy the purchase price (in the case of options), the holder’s withholding tax obligation, if any (in all cases), or both. Where the holder net-settles the tax obligation, the Company pays the amount of the withholding tax to the U.S. government in cash, which is accounted for as an adjustment to Additional paid in capital.

Stock Compensation Expense

Stock compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was $68 million, $35 million, and $54 million in fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Stock compensation expense is classified in selling, general, and administrative expenses as well as cost of sales. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

Stock Options

Stock options granted under the 2018 Plan, during fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022 represent approximately 473,000, 151,000, and 183,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively. Each stock option granted under the 2018 Plan vests in equal annual installments over a four-year period from the date of grant, contingent upon the participant’s continued employment with the Company.

117

Methodology and Assumptions

All outstanding stock options have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the date of grant. All outstanding stock options have a contractual term of 10 years, subject to forfeiture under certain conditions upon separation of employment. The grant-date fair value is recognized as expense on a graded-vesting basis over the vesting period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model for service and performance-based awards, and an adaptation of the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model, which takes into consideration the internal rate of return thresholds, for market-based awards. This model adaptation is essentially equivalent to the use of a path dependent-lattice model.

The weighted average of assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted during each year were as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2024	2023	2022
Expected volatility	52%	37%	37%
Expected life (in years)	4.0	4.3	3.7
Risk-free interest rate	4.4%	3.2%	0.7%
Dividend yield	None	None	None

Effective in fiscal year 2022, the expected volatility and expected holding period were based on the historical volatility and historical holding period of the Common Stock of the Company. The risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the option is based on the comparable U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options in fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $21.95 per share, $37.14 per share, and $32.07 per share, respectively.

The following table summarizes stock option activity and shares subject to outstanding options for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024:

 

	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares	Weighted Average Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of June 30, 2023	$	71.19	1,008,747	6.22	$	2,225,819
Granted	47.39		473,432	—	—
Exercised	47.02		193,508	—	1,862,358
Forfeited	97.23		33,550	—	—
Expired / Canceled	72.90		67,624	—	—
Outstanding as of June 30, 2024	64.81		1,187,497	5.7	8,655,393
Vested/expected to vest as of June 30, 2024	64.81		1,187,497	5.7	8,655,393
Vested and exercisable as of June 30, 2024	$	65.78	521,898	3.21	$	4,499,875

The intrinsic value of the options exercised in fiscal 2024 was $2 million. The total fair value of options vested during the period was $13 million.

The intrinsic value of the options exercised in fiscal 2023 was $3 million. The total fair value of options vested during the period was $9 million.

As of June 30, 2024, $6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to granted and not forfeited stock options is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 3 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company may grant to employees and members of its board of directors under the 2018 Plan (and formerly granted under the 2014 Plan) shares of restricted stock and units each representing the right to one share of Common Stock (“restricted stock units”). Since the IPO, the Company has granted to employees and directors restricted stock units and restricted stock that vest over specified periods as well as restricted stock units and restricted stock that have certain performance-related vesting requirements (“performance share units” and “performance shares,” respectively). The restricted stock and restricted stock units granted during fiscal 2024 and 2023 had grant date fair values aggregating $79 million and $76 million, respectively, which

118

represent approximately 1,888,000 and 1,124,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively. Under the 2014 Plan or 2018 Plan, as appropriate, the performance shares and performance share units vest upon achieving Company financial performance metrics established at the outset of the three-year performance period associated with each grant. The metrics for the fiscal 2022, 2023, and 2024 performance share unit grants were based on performance against a mix of adjusted EPS targets and relative total shareholder return (“RTSR”) targets. Note that adjusted EPS is calculated as a quotient of tax-effected Adjusted EBITDA by the weighted average number of fully diluted shares, a financial measure that is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations. The performance share units vest following the end of their respective three-year performance periods upon a determination of achievement relative to the targets. Each quarter during the period in which the performance share units are outstanding, the Company estimates the likelihood of such achievement by the end of the performance period in order to determine the probability of vesting. The number of shares actually earned at the end of the three-year period for the fiscal 2022, 2023, and 2024 grants will vary, based only on actual performance, from 0% to 200%, or from 0% to 150%, of the target number of performance share units specified on the date of grant, in the case of the adjusted EPS and RTSR grants, respectively. Time-based restricted stock units and restricted stock generally vest on the second or third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the participant’s continued employment with the Company.

Methodology and Assumptions - Expense Recognition and Grant Date Fair Value

The fair values of (a) time-based restricted stock units are recognized as straight-line expense on a cliff-vesting schedule over the applicable vesting period and (b) performance share units are re-assessed quarterly as discussed above.

The grant date fair values of both time-based units and performance-based shares and units are determined based on the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the grants and the fair value of the Common Stock on the dates of the grants, as determined by the closing market prices.

Time-Based Restricted Share Units

The following table summarizes activity in unvested time-based restricted share units for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024:

 

	Time-Based Stock Units	Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Unvested as of June 30, 2023	1,026,729	$	83.07
Granted	1,611,350	47.77
Vested	220,139	87.79
Cancelled/forfeited	263,348	65.22
Unvested as of June 30, 2024	2,154,592	56.14

Performance Share Units

The following table summarizes activity in unvested performance share units for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024:  

	Performance Share Units	Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Target Number Unvested as of June 30, 2023	273,985	$	99.58
Target Number Granted	46,899	—
Target Number Vested	84,342	88.35
Target Number Cancelled/forfeited	76,554	105.33
Target Number Unvested as of June 30, 2024	159,988	$	103.17

Valuation of RTSR Units

The fair value of each RTSR unit is determined using the Monte Carlo pricing model because the number of shares to be awarded is subject to a market condition. The Monte Carlo simulation is a generally accepted statistical technique used to simulate a range of possible future outcomes. Because the valuation model considers a range of possible outcomes, compensation cost is recognized regardless of whether the market condition is actually satisfied.

119

The assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the RTSR units granted during each year were as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2024				2023
Expected volatility	52	%	-	57%	41	%	-	47%
Expected life (in years)	2.5		-	3.0	2.4		-	2.9
Risk-free interest rates	4.0	%	-	5.0%	3.0	%	-	4.6%
Dividend yield	None				None

The following table summarizes activity in unvested RTSR units for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.

	RTSR Units	Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Target Number Unvested as of June 30, 2023	342,546	$	82.36
Target Number Granted	326,062	39.52
Target Number Vested	190	63.13
Target Number Cancelled/forfeited	81,389	63.42
Target Number Unvested as of June 30, 2024	587,029	$	51.98

As of June 30, 2024, $55 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock units (including time-based, performance share and RTSR units) is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.8 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted stock units in fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $46.05 per share, $75.62 per share, and $109.63 per share, respectively. The fair value of restricted stock units vested in fiscal 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $27 million, $39 million, and $33 million, respectively.

15.    OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME), NET

The components of other expense (income), net for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 are as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended   June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2022
Other expense (income), net
Debt refinancing costs (1)	$	—	$	—	$	4
Foreign currency losses (gains) (2)	20		(8)		33
Other (3)	4		1		(9)
Total other expense (income), net	$	24	$	(7)	$	28

(1)    Debt financing costs for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 consists of $4 million of financing charges related to a tranche of U.S. dollar-denominated term loans under its senior secured credit facilities.

(2)    Foreign currency losses (gains) include both cash and non-cash transactions.

(3)    Other, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 includes, in part, total realized and unrealized gain of $2 million, related to the fair value of the derivative liability associated with the formerly outstanding Series A Preferred Stock.

16.    LEASES

The Company leases certain manufacturing and office facilities, land, vehicles, and equipment. The terms of these leases vary widely, although most have terms between 3 and 10 years.

In accordance with ASC 842, Leases, the Company recognizes a “right-of-use” asset and related lease liability at the commencement date of each lease based on the present value of the fixed lease payments over the expected lease term inclusive of any rent escalation provisions or incentives received. The lease term for this purpose will include any renewal period where the Company determines that it is reasonably certain that it will exercise the option to renew. While certain leases also permit the Company to terminate the lease in advance of the nominal term upon payment of an associated penalty, the Company

120

generally does not take into account potential early termination dates in its determination of the lease term as it is reasonably certain not to exercise an early-termination option as of the lease commencement date.

The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, which represents the interest rate the Company would expect to pay on a collateralized basis to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments under similar terms, in order to calculate the present value of a lease, when the implicit discount rate for its leases is not readily determinable.

For operating leases, fixed lease payments are recognized as operating lease expense on straight-line basis over the lease term. For finance leases, the Company recognizes depreciation expense associated with the leased asset acquired and interest expense related to the financing portion. Variable payments are recognized in the period incurred. As permitted by ASC 842, the Company has elected not to separate those components of a lease agreement not related to the leasing of an asset from those components that are related.

The Company does not record leases with an initial lease term of 12 months or less on its consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes lease expense for these short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Supplemental information concerning the leases recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2024 is detailed in the following table:

(Dollars in millions)	Line item in the consolidated balance sheet	Balance at June 30, 2024		Balance at June 30, 2023
Right-of-use assets:
Finance leases	Property, plant, and equipment, net	$	252	$	274
Operating leases	Other long-term assets	77		59
Current lease liabilities:
Finance leases	Current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings	20		18
Operating leases	Other accrued liabilities	13		11
Non-current lease liabilities:
Finance leases	Long-term obligations, less current portion	312		323
Operating leases	Other liabilities	$	70	$	55

The components of the net lease costs for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023 reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations were as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	Fiscal Year Ended  June 30, 2024		Fiscal Year Ended  June 30, 2023
Financing lease costs:
Amortization of right-of-use assets	$	30	$	21
Interest on lease liabilities	21		17
Total	51		38
Operating lease costs	27		35
Variable lease costs	16		10
Total lease costs	$	94	$	83

The short-term lease cost amounted to $9 million, $10 million and $8 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

121

The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate related to the Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities as of June 30, 2024 are as follows:    

Weighted average remaining lease term (years):
Finance leases	16.1
Operating leases	9
Weighted average discount rate:
Finance leases	6.2	%
Operating leases	4.6	%

Supplemental information concerning the cash-flow impact arising from the Company’s leases for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 recorded in the Company’s unaudited consolidated statement of cash flows is detailed in the following table (in millions):

	Fiscal Year Ended  June 30, 2024		Fiscal Year Ended  June 30, 2023		Fiscal Year Ended  June 30, 2022
Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities:
Financing cash flows used for finance leases	$	19	$	19	$	15
Operating cash flows used for finance leases	16		15		11
Operating cash flows used for operating leases	14		16		19
Non-cash transactions:
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities	57		133		59
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities	$	38	$	1	$	31

As of June 30, 2024, the Company expects that its future minimum lease payments will become due and payable as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	Financing Leases		Operating Leases		Total
2025	$	37	$	17	$	54
2026	39		15		54
2027	37		14		51
2028	34		13		47
2029	34		9		43
Thereafter	337		36		373
Total minimum lease payments	518		104		622
Less: interest	186		21		207
Total lease liabilities	$	332	$	83	$	415

17.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, inquiries and claims concerning environmental contamination as well as litigation and allegations in connection with acquisitions, product liability, manufacturing or packaging defects, and claims for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of any of which could be significant. Such matters are inherently uncertain, and there can be no guarantee that the outcome of any such matter will be decided favorably to the Company or that the resolution of any such matter will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company records a liability in its consolidated financial statements for these matters when a loss is

122

known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The Company reviews these estimates each accounting period as additional information is known and adjusts the loss provision when appropriate. If a matter is both probable to result in a liability and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company estimates and discloses the possible loss or range of loss to the extent necessary for its consolidated financial statements not to be misleading. If the loss is not probable or cannot be reasonably estimated, a liability is not recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Any legal or other expenses associated with the litigation are accrued for as the expenses are incurred. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself against any such litigation and does not currently believe that the outcome of any such litigation will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In addition, the healthcare industry is highly regulated and government agencies continue to scrutinize certain practices affecting government programs and otherwise.

City of Warwick Retirement System Class Action

In February 2023, an alleged shareholder filed a complaint styled City of Warwick Retirement System v. Catalent, Inc., et al., No. 23-cv-01108, in New Jersey federal court against the Company and three of its then-officers (collectively, “the Warwick Defendants”) purportedly on behalf of a putative “class” consisting of persons who purchased or otherwise acquired Company securities between August 30, 2021 and October 31, 2022, inclusive. On September 15, 2023, the Warwick complaint was amended (together with the original complaint, the “Warwick Complaint”), which amended complaint expanded the class period to between August 30, 2021 and May 7, 2023, inclusive (the “Class Period”). The Warwick Complaint purports to assert claims under Section 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the related regulations, alleging that, unbeknownst to investors, the Warwick Defendants purportedly engaged in accounting and channel stuffing schemes to pad the Company’s revenues and failed to disclose adverse facts that purportedly were known to or recklessly disregarded by the Warwick Defendants. Specifically, the Warwick Complaint alleges that the Warwick Defendants (i) overstated revenue and earnings by prematurely recognizing revenue in violation of U.S. GAAP; (ii) suffered material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting related to revenue recognition; (iii) falsely represented demand for its products while knowingly selling more product to its direct customers than could be sold to healthcare providers and end consumers; (iv) cut corners on safety and control procedures at key production facilities; (v) disregarded regulatory rules at key production facilities in order to rapidly produce excess inventory that was used to pad the Company’s financial results through premature revenue recognition in violation of U.S. GAAP or stuffing its direct customers with this excess inventory; and (vi) lacked a reasonable basis for their positive statements about the Company’s financial performance, outlook, and regulatory compliance during the Class Period. On November 15, 2023, the Warwick Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Warwick Complaint. On June 28, 2024, the Court granted, in part, and denied, in part, the Company's motion to dismiss. The Warwick Defendants’ answer to the Warwick Complaint was filed on August 12, 2024. The Company believes that the Warwick Defendants have defenses to the remaining allegations and intends to vigorously defend against these allegations.

Husty Derivative Claim

In August 2023, an alleged shareholder filed a derivative complaint styled Husty et al. v. Carroll, et al., No. 23-cv-00891, in Delaware federal court against certain current and former members of the Company’s board of directors, (the “Husty Defendants”), and nominally against Catalent, Inc. The complaint mimics the allegations set out in the original complaint filed in the City of Warwick Retirement System action described above and claims that the alleged activities described there led to, and will continue to expose the Company to, costs and damages. On February 20, 2024, the court entered a stipulation staying the case pending the outcome of motion to dismiss that was filed in the City of Warwick Retirement System action. On April 23, 2024, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the action without prejudice.

Brown Derivative Claim

In September 2023, an alleged shareholder filed a derivative complaint styled Brown, et al. v. Chiminski, et al., Case 3:23-cv-15722, in New Jersey federal court against certain current and former officers and members of the Company’s board of directors (the “Brown Defendants”) and nominally against Catalent, Inc. The complaint mimics the allegations set out in the original complaint filed in the City of Warwick Retirement System action described above and claims that the alleged activities described there led to, and will continue to expose the Company to, costs and damages. On January 8, 2024, the court entered a stipulation staying the case pending the outcome of motion to dismiss that was filed in the City of Warwick Retirement System action. On April 19, 2024, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the action without prejudice. On May 2, 2024, the Court dismissed the action without prejudice.

Merger Related Claims

In connection with the proposed Merger, as disclosed below, three purported Catalent stockholders filed lawsuits alleging that certain disclosures made in the Proxy Statement were materially false and misleading: Garfield v. Barber, et al., C.A. No.

123

SOM-C 012027-24 (N.J. Super. Ct.), which was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey; Moore v. Catalent, Inc., et al., No. 652403/2024 (N.Y. Sup. Ct.), which was filed in the Supreme Court of New York; and Clark v. Catalent, Inc., et al., No. 652407/2024 (N.Y. Sup. Ct.), which was filed in the Supreme Court of New York. The aforementioned lawsuits are collectively referred to as the “Actions.” The Actions alleged, among other things, that certain disclosures in the Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Merger Agreement omitted certain purportedly material information. The Garfield Action asserted violations of New Jersey Uniform Securities Law § 49:3-71 and negligent misrepresentation and concealment and negligence under New Jersey common law. The Moore and Clark Actions each asserted a single claim for breach of fiduciary duty. On May 17, 2024, the Garfield Action was voluntarily dismissed with prejudice. On June 26, 2024, the Moore and Clark Actions were voluntarily dismissed with prejudice.

Subpoenas and Requests for Information

From time to time, the Company receives subpoenas or requests for information from various governmental agencies or private parties, including from state attorneys general, the U.S. Department of Justice, and private parties. The Company generally responds to such subpoenas and requests in a timely and thorough manner, which responses sometimes require considerable time and effort and can result in considerable costs being incurred.

In June 2023, the Company received a demand from a company stockholder pursuant to 8 Del. C. § 220 to inspect books and records of the Company relating to, among other things, the allegations raised in the Warwick Complaint. The Company has responded to the demand and cannot determine at this time if the books and records demand will lead to litigation.

Fire at Biologics Facility

During the three months ended December 31, 2023, the Company had a small fire at a facility in its Biologics segment. The fire activated the sprinkler systems, which then caused minor flooding in certain parts of the facility. The Company accrued $9 million for estimated damages, repairs, and lost inventory. The Company is insured for such incidents and has submitted claims for reimbursement. Proceeds from potential reimbursement are not included in the financial statements for the three and twelve months ended June 30, 2024.

Entry Into an Agreement and Plan of Merger

On February 5, 2024, the Company entered into the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), with Creek Parent, Inc. (“Parent”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Novo Holdings A/S (“Novo Holdings”), and Creek Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Parent will acquire all the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company.

At the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (such shares, collectively, the “Company Common Stock,” and each, a “Share”) that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than any Shares held by (i) the Company, Parent or Merger Sub or any other direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company or Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time, or (ii) a holder who has not voted in favor of the adoption of the Merger Agreement and is entitled to demand and properly demands appraisal of such Shares under the DGCL), will be converted automatically into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to $63.50 per Share, without interest (the “Merger Consideration”). The transaction values the Company at $16.50 billion on an enterprise value basis.

Consummation of the Merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including (i) receipt of certain governmental waivers, consents, clearances, decisions, declarations, approvals, and expirations of applicable waiting periods, including the expiration or early termination of the waiting period under the U.S. Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, with respect to (A) the Merger and (B) the sale of three of the Company’s fill-finish sites (which are located in Anagni, Italy, Bloomington, Indiana USA, and Brussels, Belgium) and related assets from Novo Holdings to Novo Nordisk A/S (“Novo Nordisk”), of which Novo Holdings is the controlling shareholder (the “Carve-Out”), and (ii) the absence of any order, injunction or law prohibiting the Merger or the Carve-Out, in each case, without a Burdensome Condition (as defined in the Merger Agreement). Parent’s and Merger Sub’s obligations to close the Merger are also conditioned upon the absence of a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement) on the Company.

124

18. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The CODM evaluates the performance and allocates resources based upon a number of factors, the primary being its segment earnings before other (income) expense, impairments, restructuring costs, interest expense, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization (“Segment EBITDA”).

Segment EBITDA is subject to important limitations. These consolidated financial statements include information concerning Segment EBITDA (a) because Segment EBITDA is an operational measure used by management in the assessment of the operating segments, the allocation of resources to the segments, and the setting of strategic goals and annual goals for the segments, and (b) in order to provide supplemental information that the Company considers relevant for the readers of the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s presentation of Segment EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

The following table includes Segment EBITDA for each of the Company’s current reporting segments during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022:

(Dollars in millions)	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2024		2023		2022
Segment EBITDA reconciled to net (loss) earnings:
Biologics	$	272	$	277	$	777
Pharma and Consumer Health	597		548		589
Subtotal	$	869	$	825	$	1,366
Reconciling items to net (loss) earnings
Unallocated costs (1)	$	(1,153)	$	(559)	$	(286)
Depreciation and amortization	(489)		(422)		(378)
Interest expense, net	(254)		(186)		(123)
Income tax benefit (expense)	(16)		86		(80)
Net (loss) earnings	$	(1,043)	$	(256)	$	499

(1)    Unallocated costs include restructuring and special items, stock-based compensation, gain (loss) on sale of subsidiary, impairment charges, certain other corporate directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the segments as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2024		2023		2022
Impairment charges and gain/loss on sale of assets (a)	$	(29)	$	(98)	$	(31)
Stock-based compensation	(68)		(35)		(54)
Restructuring and other special items (b)	(178)		(98)		(55)
Pension settlement charges	(12)		—		—
Goodwill impairment charges (c)	(687)		(210)		—
Gain on sale of subsidiary	—		—		1
Other (expense) income, net (d)	(24)		7		(28)
Non-allocated corporate costs, net	(155)		(125)		(119)
Total unallocated costs	$	(1,153)	$	(559)	$	(286)

(a)    Impairment charges and gain/loss on sale of assets for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 includes right-of-use asset impairment charges associated with under utilized facilities in our Biologics segment, obsolete equipment that could not be sold or repurposed in our Biologics segment and under utilized suites from a canceled project in our Pharma and Consumer Health segment.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, impairment charges are primarily associated with an idle facility in the Biologics segment and obsolete equipment that could not be sold or repurposed in the Pharma and Consumer Health segment. Further detail is provided below.

125

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, the Company identified an indicator of impairment related to one of its facilities in the Biologics segment given the plans to pause any additional spend on site development due to a lack of demand, leading to a partial impairment charge of $54 million. The Company primarily utilized a market and income approach for real property and a cost approach for personal property to record the partial impairment on its idle facility. Impairment charges are recorded in Other operating expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Also, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, the Company identified an indicator of impairment related to obsolete equipment from a terminated project in the Pharma and Consumer Health segment, leading to a full impairment charge of $18 million.     

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, impairment charges are primarily due to fixed asset impairment charges associated with dedicated equipment for a product the Company no longer manufactures in its Pharma and Consumer Health segment and obsolete equipment in its Biologics segment.

(b)    Restructuring and other special items during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 include restructuring charges associated with plans to reduce costs, consolidate facilities, and optimize our infrastructure across the organization. For further details on restructuring charges, see Note 6, Restructuring Costs to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restructuring and other special items for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 includes (i) restructuring charges associated with plans to reduce costs, consolidate facilities, and optimize our infrastructure across the organization and (ii) transaction and integration costs associated with the Metrics acquisition

Restructuring and other special items for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 include (i) transaction and integration costs primarily associated with the Princeton, Bettera Wellness, Delphi, Hepatic, Acorda, and RheinCell transactions and (ii) unrealized losses on venture capital investments.

(c)    Goodwill impairment charges during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 were associated with the Company’s Consumer Health and Biomodalities reporting units, which are part of the Company’s Pharma and Consumer Health and Biologics segments, respectively. For further details, see Note 4, Goodwill to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The goodwill impairment charges for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 was associated with the Company’s Consumer Health reporting unit. For further details, see Note 4, Goodwill.

(d)    Refer to Note 15, Other (income) expense, net for details of financing charges and foreign currency translation adjustments recorded within other (income) expense, net.

126

The following table includes total assets for each segment, as well as reconciling items necessary to total the amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets.

Total Assets

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Biologics	$	5,326	$	5,746
Pharma and Consumer Health	4,643		4,867
Corporate and eliminations	(216)		164
Total assets	$	9,753	$	10,777

Capital Expenditures

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in millions)	2024		2023		2022
Biologics	$	171	$	346	$	453
Pharma and Consumer Health	164		214		183
Corporate	16		34		30
Total capital expenditures (1)	$	351	$	594	$	666

(1)    Include both cash and non-cash capital expenditures  

Long Lived Assets

The following table presents long-lived assets—consisting of property, plant, and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation—by geographic area:

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
United States	$	2,625	$	2,758
Europe	828		765
Other	190		159
Total	$	3,643	$	3,682

For further details on segment and geographic information, see Note 2, Revenue Recognition.

19.    SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

Supplemental balance sheet information at June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023 is detailed in the following tables.

Inventories

Work-in-process and inventories include raw materials, labor, and overhead. Total inventories consist of the following:

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Raw materials and supplies	$	646	$	781
Work-in-process	138		186
Total inventories, gross	784		967
Inventory cost adjustment	(210)		(190)
Total inventories	$	574	$	777

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

127

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Prepaid expenses	$	46	$	53
Short-term contract assets	585		399
Spare parts supplies	29		24
Prepaid income tax	45		77
Non-U.S. value-added tax	60		38
Other current assets	48		42
Total prepaid expenses and other	$	813	$	633

Property, plant, and equipment, net

Property, plant, and equipment, net consist of the following:

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Land, buildings, and improvements	$	1,987	$	1,887
Machinery and equipment	2,538		2,287
Furniture and fixtures	62		61
Construction in progress	971		1,043
Property, plant, and equipment, at cost	5,558		5,278
Accumulated depreciation	(1,915)		(1,596)
Property, plant, and equipment, net	$	3,643	$	3,682

Other long-term assets

Other long-term assets consist of the following:

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Operating lease right-of-use-assets	$	77	$	59
Note receivable	56		53
Corporate-owned life insurance policies	48		41
Venture capital investments	47		36
Interest-rate swap	36		62
Pension assets	13		18
Long-term contract assets	17		18
Other	38		42
Total other long-term assets	$	332	$	329

Other accrued liabilities

128

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:

(Dollars in millions)	June 30, 2024		June 30, 2023
Contract liability	$	250	$	167
Accrued employee-related expenses	181		160
Accrued expenses	115		134
Operating lease liabilities	13		11
Restructuring accrual	10		19
Accrued interest	37		35
Accrued income tax	16		44
Total other accrued liabilities	$	622	$	570

Allowance for credit losses

The rollforward of allowance for credit losses for the twelve months ended June 30, 2024 is as follows:

(Dollars in millions)	Allowance for credit losses
Balance, June 30, 2023	$	46
Charges (Credits)	(6)
Write-offs	(17)
Balance, June 30, 2024	$	23

129

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Any control or procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2024, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to accomplish their objectives at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting form a set of policies and procedures designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Our internal control over financial reporting include policies and procedures that:

•pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions relating to our business and dispositions of our assets;

•provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

•provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of inherent limitations regarding the nature of controls, no set of internal control over financial reporting can guarantee that it will prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because either conditions change or the degree of compliance with our policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2024. In making this assessment, management used the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of June 30, 2024, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2024 has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report, which is included in “Item 8. – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting - Inventory Costing and Valuation

We did not maintain effective internal control over the accounting of inventory costing and valuation at our Bloomington, Indiana facility. Specifically, there was a lack of stability of personnel with the requisite expertise to effectively execute transactional controls related to inventory costing and valuation. When coupled with a manual inventory reconciliation processes and insufficient standard operating procedure documentation, the preparation and review of inventory costing and valuation manual journal entries at our Bloomington facility was not performed with the necessary level of technical competency to detect a material misstatement.

130

Plan to Remediate Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Inventory Costing and Valuation

The Company, with oversight by the Audit Committee of the Board, is actively developing and implementing a comprehensive remediation plan that will include the following initiatives:

•We have established a Steering Committee to evaluate the processes and resourcing requirements specific to inventory costing and valuation.

•We have already engaged internal and temporary third-party resources with the appropriate level of technical knowledge and experience in accounting related inventory costing and valuation to complement the Bloomington site resources.

•We plan to hire develop and retain incremental full-time personnel at the Bloomington facility with the appropriate accounting expertise.

•We will review and update our processes to minimize the level of complexity and manual work required.

•We will create detailed process documentation related to inventory costing and valuation.

•We will provide training to personnel on our inventory costing and valuation processes

Remediated Material Weaknesses in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A material weakness (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Remediation of Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Contract Modifications

As previously disclosed, in connection with our evaluation for the three months ended December 31, 2023, we identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as we did not maintain effective internal controls to properly identify and assess the accounting treatment of contract modification arrangements under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The review of the accounting assessments for certain modified contracts during the quarter ended December 31, 2023, was not performed with the necessary level of technical competency to detect a material misstatement.

To remediate the material weakness described above, we hired additional technical accounting resources within the corporate controllership group. We also ensured that appropriate levels of our management, including our necessary technical accounting resources, are consulted before significant contract modifications are executed.

During the six months ended June 30, 2024, we completed the control enhancements and testing necessary to conclude that the material weakness was remediated.

Remediation of Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Income Tax Provision

As previously disclosed, in connection with our evaluation for the three months ended December 31, 2023, we identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as we did not maintain effective internal control over the preparation and review of the interim income tax provision. Specifically, the Company did not design an appropriate interim review control over the completeness and accuracy of certain inputs to the quarterly income tax provision calculations. While the control deficiency did not result in a material misstatement to the Company’s interim consolidated financial statements, there is a reasonable possibility that the control deficiency could have resulted in a material misstatement of the income tax related accounts or disclosures in the Company’s interim consolidated financial statements that would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis.

To remediate the material weakness described above, we updated our design of controls over the completeness and accuracy of inputs to the quarterly income tax provision calculations.

During the six months ended June 30, 2024, we completed the control enhancements and testing necessary to conclude that the material weakness was remediated.

Remediation of Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Revenue Recognition

As previously disclosed, management identified during the preparation of our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to the year ended June 30, 2022. We did not maintain effective controls over the appropriateness of revenue recognition related to

131

modifications of customer agreements at our Bloomington, Indiana facility. Specifically, we did not maintain effective controls to properly identify and assess the accounting treatment of modifications to arrangements that were accounted for under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The reviewer had insufficient knowledge of the requirements of the ASC 606 revenue recognition accounting model, and therefore the review procedures were not performed with the necessary level of competence to prevent or detect a material misstatement on a timely basis.

Furthermore, the compensating control to review the accounting assessments for contract modifications was not sufficiently designed to detect accounting misstatements. As previously disclosed, this control deficiency resulted in an immaterial revision to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to correct an overstatement of revenue of $26 million. While this control deficiency did not result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements, there is a reasonable possibility that this deficiency could have resulted in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

To remediate the material weakness described above, we:

•Hired additional technical accounting resources within our Bloomington, Indiana site and within the corporate controllership group.

•Enhanced the design of our management review controls relating to the accounting for contract modifications, including offered concessions.

•Continued to provide additional training for our executive leadership team, and other critical customer-facing personnel, on revenue recognition principles, including contract modifications relating to offered concessions.

During the six months ended June 30, 2024, we completed the control enhancements and testing necessary to conclude that the material weakness was remediated.

Remediation of Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Consolidated Financial Statement Close Process

As previously disclosed, management identified during the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2023 a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. We did not maintain effective internal control over the evaluation and accounting of certain complex and non-routine transactions. Due to an insufficient complement of technical resources within its corporate accounting function, management was unable to complete its evaluation of certain complex non-routine transactions in a timely manner. Specifically, management did not adequately prepare and maintain sufficient evidence of management’s review of (i) significant assumptions, relating to the interim goodwill and long-lived assets impairment assessments as of March 31, 2023, (ii) the evaluation of indicators and assessment of impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets as of June 30, 2023 and (iii) the evaluation of the accounting, measurement and disclosure of events occurring subsequent to the balance sheet date, specifically management’s evaluation of disclosure and the related measurement of a goodwill impairment charge.

To remediate the material weakness described above, we:

•Engaged temporary third-party resources with the appropriate level of technical knowledge and experience in accounting related to complex non-routine transactions and the related internal control activities to complement the existing corporate accounting resources;

•Continued to hire, develop and retain incremental full-time personnel with appropriate accounting and internal controls expertise;

•Reviewed and updated (as appropriate) our methodologies, policies and procedures designed to ensure we are able to more timely address our evaluation of complex non-routine transactions, including the related evidence of management’s review of the significant assumptions used in those evaluations; and

•Reviewed and updated (as appropriate) our training programs related to the relevant internal control over financial reporting matters pertaining to complex non-routine transactions.

During the six months ended June 30, 2024, we completed the control enhancements and testing necessary to conclude that the material weakness was remediated.

Remediation of Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Inventory Reconciliation

As previously disclosed, management identified during the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2023 a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. We did not maintain

132

effective internal controls over inventory reconciliation at our Baltimore, Maryland facility. Specifically, we did not implement and design controls at an appropriate level of precision to (i) properly recognize certain third party costs on the balance sheet separately from the inventory balance, (ii) properly and timely update our perpetual inventory subledger to value inventory at lower of cost or market, and (iii) reconcile our perpetual inventory subledger to the related general ledger accounts.

To remediate the material weakness described above, we have updated our design of controls for the valuation of inventory at our Baltimore location and provided additional training to the control owners.

During the six months ended June 30, 2024, we completed the control enhancements and testing necessary to conclude that the material weakness was remediated.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are taking actions to complete the remediation of the remaining material weakness relating to our internal control over financial reporting, as described above. Except as otherwise described herein, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

During the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2024, none of our directors or officers adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of our securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) or any "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement" (as defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K).

ITEM 9C.    DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item will either be (i) incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders or (ii) included in an amendment to this Form 10-K, in each case, filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will either be (i) incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders or (ii) included in an amendment to this Form 10-K, in each case, filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will either be (i) incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders or (ii) included in an amendment to this Form 10-K, in each case, filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will either be (i) incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders or (ii) included in an amendment to this Form 10-K, in each case, filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

133

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will either be (i) incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders or (ii) included in an amendment to this Form 10-K, in each case, filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

134

PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1)    Financial Statements. The Financial Statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements are filed under Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

(a)(2)    Financial Statements Schedule. The valuation allowance for credit losses is not material to the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Tax Assets - Valuation Allowance

(Dollars in millions)	Beginning Balance		Current Period (Charge) Benefit		Deductions and Other		Ending Balance
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2022
Tax valuation allowance	$	(65)	$	(94)	$	10	$	(149)
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2023
Tax valuation allowance	$	(149)	$	(5)	$	(5)	$	(159)
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2024
Tax valuation allowance	$	(159)	$	(156)	$	—	$	(315)

(b)    Exhibits.

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representation or warranty made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1		Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated August 29, 2021, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., Bettera Holdings, LLC, the members of Bettera Holdings, LLC, and Highlander Partners Candy, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2021).
2.2		Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 5, 2024, by and among the Company, Creek Parent, Inc., and Creek Merger Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2024).
3.1		Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Catalent, Inc., as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 28, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2021).
3.2		Bylaws of Catalent, Inc., effective February 2, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2023).
4.1		Indenture, dated June 27, 2019, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 27, 2019).
4.1.1		Form of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2027 (included as part of Exhibit 4.1 above).
4.2		Indenture, dated March 2, 2020, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as principal paying agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as transfer agent and registrar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2020).
4.2.1		Form of 2.375% Senior Notes due 2028 (included as part of Exhibit 4.2 above).
4.3		Indenture, dated February 22, 2021, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2021).

135

4.3.1	Form of 3.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (included as part of Exhibit 4.3 above).
4.4	Indenture, dated September 29, 2021, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2021).
4.4.1	Form of 3.500% Senior Notes due 2030 (included as part of Exhibit 4.4 above).
4.5	Description of the Company’s Capital Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2022).
10.1	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014, relating to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, as amended, among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2014).
10.1.1	Amendment No. 1, dated December 1, 2014 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2014).
10.1.2	Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2016, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and the lenders party thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as L/C Issuers, the other lenders party thereto and the other agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2016).
10.1.3	Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2017, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and the lenders party thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as L/C Issuers, the other lenders party thereto and the other agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 18, 2017).
10.1.4	Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2019, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and the lenders party thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as L/C Issuers, the other lenders party thereto and the other agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2019).
10.1.5	Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the successor administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2021).
10.1.6	Amendment No. 6 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2021, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the successor administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2021).

136

10.1.7	Amendment No. 7 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2022, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the successor administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2022).
10.1.8	Amendment No. 8 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2023, by JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 27, 2023).
10.1.9	Amendment No. 9 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2023, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the successor administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 28, 2023).
10.1.20	Amendment No. 10 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2023, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the successor administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2023).
10.1.11	Amendment No. 11 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2023, by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto, which amends that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2014 (as amended), by and among Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the successor administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders and other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 19, 2023).
10.2	Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007).
10.2.1	Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of July 1, 2008, to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 29, 2008).
10.3	Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2019, by and among Catalent, Inc., Green Equity Investors VII, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side VII, L.P., LGP Associates VII-A LLC and LGP Associates VII-B LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2019).
10.4	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2019, by and among Catalent, Inc., Green Equity Investors VII, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side VII, L.P., LGP Associates VII-A LLC and LGP Associates VII-B LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2019).
10.4.1	Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2024, by and among Catalent, Inc., Green Equity Investors VII, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side VII, L.P., LGP Associates VII-A LLC and LGP Associates VII-B LLC *

137

10.5	Cooperation Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2023, by and among Elliott Investment Management L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Elliott Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Elliott International, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, and Catalent, Inc., a Delaware corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 29, 2023).
10.6	Catalent, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2014). †
10.7	Catalent, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2018). †
10.7.1	Amendment No.1 to Catalent, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 26, 2024). †
10.7.2	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.7.3	Form of 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.7.4	Form of 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Option Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.7.5	Form of 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance Share Unit Agreement for Employees †*(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.8	Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective October 1, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2022). †
10.9	Management Incentive Plan Summary for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2022). †
10.10	Form of Severance Agreement between US-based executive officers and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †*
10.10.1	Form of Severance Agreement between non-US-based executive officers and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †*
10.11	Form Retention Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2024). †
10.12	Employment Agreement, dated January 4, 2022, by and between Catalent, Inc. and Alessandro Maselli (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2022).
10.13	Employment Agreement, dated August 28, 2023, between John Greisch and Catalent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2024). †
10.14	Offer letter, dated July 7, 2022, between Aristippos Gennadios and Catalent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 29, 2022). †
10.15	Offer letter, dated January 11, 2024, between Michael J. Hatzfeld, Jr. and Catalent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2024). †
10.16	Offer letter, dated July 1, 2022, by and between Catalent, Inc. and Ricky Hopson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.16.1	Offer letter, dated May 1, 2023, by and between Catalent, Inc. and Ricky Hopson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.16.2	Amendment to Offer letter, dated August 14, 2023, by and between Catalent, Inc. and Ricky Hopson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.17	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 4, 2022, by and between Catalent, Inc. and John R. Chiminski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2022). †
10.18	Offer letter, dated May 10, 2021, between Thomas Castellano and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2021). †

138

10.18.1	Offer letter, dated July 27, 2022, by and between Catalent, Inc. and Thomas Castellano (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2022). †
10.19	Offer letter, dated July 7, 2022, between Steven Fasman and Catalent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 29, 2022). †
10.20	Employment Agreement, dated October 8, 2019, by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions GmbH and Manja Boerman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.20.1	Long Term International Assignment Letter, dated October 10, 2022, by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions LLC and Manja Boerman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023). †
10.20.2	Termination Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2023, by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions GmbH and Manja Boerman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 14, 2024). †
16.1	Letter from Ernst & Young LLP, dated March 1, 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 1, 2024)
19.1	Insider Trading Policy*
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant. *
23.1	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. *
23.2	Consent of Grant Thornton LLP. *
31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. *
31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. *
32.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **
32.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **
97.1	Catalent, Inc. Executive Compensation Recoupment Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 8, 2023)
101.1	The following materials are formatted in inline XBRL (inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. *
104	The cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.1.

* Filed herewith

** Furnished herewith    

† Represents a management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to participate.

139

ITEM 16.    FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Registrants may voluntarily include a summary of information required by Form 10-K under this Item 16. We elect not to include such summary information.

140

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

		CATALENT, INC.
Date:	September 6, 2024	By:	/s/ MICHAEL HATZFELD
			Michael Hatzfeld
			Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

141

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ ALESSANDRO MASELLI	President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director	9/6/2024
Alessandro Maselli
/s/ MATTI MASANOVICH	Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer	9/6/2024
Matti Masanovich	(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ MICHAEL HATZFELD	Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer	9/6/2024
Michael Hatzfeld
/s/ JOHN J. GREISCH	Executive Chair	9/6/2024
John J. Greisch
/s/ MICHAEL J. BARBER	Director	9/6/2024
Michael J. Barber
/s/ STEVEN BARG	Director	9/6/2024
Steven Barg
/s/ J. MARTIN CARROLL	Director	9/6/2024
J. Martin Carroll
/s/ ROLF CLASSON	Director	9/6/2024
Rolf Classon
/s/ FRANK D'AMELIO	Director	9/6/2024
Frank A. D'Amelio
/s/ GREGORY T. LUCIER	Director	9/6/2024
Gregory T. Lucier
/s/ DONALD E. MOREL, JR.	Director	9/6/2024
Donald E. Morel, Jr.
/s/ STEPHANIE OKEY	Director	9/6/2024
Stephanie Okey
/s/ MICHELLE RYAN	Director	9/6/2024
Michelle R. Ryan
/s/ JACK STAHL	Director	9/6/2024
Jack Stahl